diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2013-06-26 22:59:33 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2013-06-26 22:59:33 +0000 |
| commit | 4cabe029e53d7b74996e026c1d70eb6200592c52 (patch) | |
| tree | aa9a83ca317344aced9e06f0c70c560e2075920d | |
| parent | b236252d91485f591e2e4fa402e21b237e92e289 (diff) | |
glossaries (17jun13)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@30964 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
38 files changed, 1494 insertions, 1563 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES index b131f0d2b55..37ed41d7953 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES @@ -1,5 +1,15 @@ glossaries change log: +v3.06: + + * glossaries.sty + + - Fixed incompatibility between glossaries and new version of babel. + + * makeglossaries + + - added babel dialect -> xindy language map + v3.05: * glossaries.sty diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README index 658cffc65ab..f04545356be 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries v3.05 +LaTeX Package : glossaries v3.06 -Last Modified : 2013-04-21 +Last Modified : 2013-06-17 Author : Nicola Talbot diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf Binary files differindex 26a0c3bbd98..14d36f37653 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html index 5a34e5b99f2..cd47e229294 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd--> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > -<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v3.05</title> +<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v3.06</title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" /> <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossaries-user.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2013-04-21 19:13:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2013-06-17 17:30:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -372,14 +372,14 @@ div.important { background-color:red; } </div> <h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty -v3.05</h2> +v3.06</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span> <br /> <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmtt-12x-x-120">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">2013-04-21</span></div> +class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">2013-06-17</span></div> @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ class="ec-lmtk-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> - bundle should read “Documented Code for glossaries v3.05”. This + bundle should read “Documented Code for glossaries v3.06”. This includes the documented code for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-4"></a> package. @@ -468,6 +468,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">doc</span><a id="dx1-12"></a>’s changes glossary.) </div> </p><!--l. 311--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 313--><p class="indent" > Other documents that describe using <span +class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>include: <a +href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/" >Using LaTeX to +Write a PhD Thesis</a> and <a +href="http://www.latex-community.org/know-how/latex/55-latex-general/263-glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms" >Glossaries, Nomenclature, Lists of Symbols and +Acronyms</a>. @@ -937,7 +943,7 @@ class="newline" /></dd></dl> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">1</span>  <a id="x1-30001"></a>Introduction</h2> -<!--l. 322--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 328--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package is provided to assist generating glossaries. It has a certain amount of flexibility, allowing the user to customize the format of the glossary and define multiple glossaries. It also @@ -948,7 +954,7 @@ used<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-3001f1"></a> in the document will be added to the glossary. -</p><!--l. 335--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 341--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">This package replaces the </span><span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a id="dx1-3005"></a> <span @@ -957,12 +963,12 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">package which is now</span> class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">obsolete. </span>Please see the document <a href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> for assistance in upgrading. -</p><!--l. 339--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the +</p><!--l. 345--><p class="indent" > One of the strengths of this package is its flexibility, however the drawback of this is the necessity of having a large manual that can cover all the various settings. If you are daunted by the size of the manual, try starting off with the much shorter <a href="glossariesbegin.html" >guide for beginners</a>. -</p><!--l. 345--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span +</p><!--l. 351--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package comes with a <a href="http://www.perl.org/about.html" >Perl</a> script called <a id="dx1-3006"></a><a @@ -997,7 +1003,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a href="#x1-70001.3">§1.3 </a><a href="#x1-70001.3">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> for further details. </div> -</p><!--l. 355--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 361--><p class="noindent" > This document uses the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package. For example, when viewing the PDF version of this document in a hyperlinked-enabled PDF viewer (such @@ -1011,7 +1017,7 @@ entry in the glossary where there’s a brief description of what “<a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-3022"></a>” is. -</p><!--l. 363--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: +</p><!--l. 369--><p class="indent" > The remainder of this introductory section covers the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><a @@ -1035,7 +1041,7 @@ href="#x1-70001.3">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: s <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1</span>  <a id="x1-40001.1"></a>Sample Documents</h3> -<!--l. 380--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 386--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package is provided with some sample documents that illustrate the various functions. These should be located in the <span @@ -1050,19 +1056,19 @@ href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/novices/html/terminal.html" >terminal <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">texdoc -l glossaries</span></span> -</p><!--l. 390--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 396--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> This should display the full pathname of the file <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>. View the contents of that directory and see if it contains the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samples</span> subdirectory. -</p><!--l. 395--><p class="indent" > If you can’t find the sample files, they are available in the subdirectory +</p><!--l. 401--><p class="indent" > If you can’t find the sample files, they are available in the subdirectory <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">doc/latex/glossaries/samples/ </span>in the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries.tds.zip </span>archive which can be downloaded from <a href="http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries/" >CTAN</a>. -</p><!--l. 401--><p class="indent" > The sample documents are as follows: +</p><!--l. 407--><p class="indent" > The sample documents are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">minimalgls.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1077,7 +1083,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex minimalgls</span></span> - <!--l. 412--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 418--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> in a terminal or by using the relevant button or menu item in your text editor or front-end. This will create the required associated files but you will not see the glossary. If you use @@ -1085,7 +1091,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex minimalgls</span></span> class="E">E</span>X</span></span> you will also get warnings about non-existent references. These warnings may be ignored on the first run. - </p><!--l. 419--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span + </p><!--l. 425--><p class="noindent" >If you get a <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Missing</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109"> \begin{document}</span></span></span> error, then it’s most likely that your version of <span @@ -1110,11 +1116,11 @@ href="#x1-70001.3">Generating the <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span> - <!--l. 429--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 435--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> or by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">perl makeglossaries minimalgls</span></span> - </p><!--l. 433--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 439--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> If your system doesn’t recognise the command <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">perl </span>then it’s likely you don’t have Perl installed. In which case you will need @@ -1128,7 +1134,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 440--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 446--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> (See <a href="#x1-100001.3.3">§1.3.3 </a><a href="#x1-100001.3.3">Using makeindex explicitly<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on @@ -1136,7 +1142,7 @@ href="#x1-100001.3.3">Using makeindex explicitly<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp id="dx1-4010"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-4011"></a> explicitly.) - </p><!--l. 444--><p class="noindent" >Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path + </p><!--l. 450--><p class="noindent" >Note that if you need to specify the full path and the path contains spaces, you will need to delimit the file names with the double-quote character. </p></li> @@ -1144,7 +1150,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a class="enumerate" id="x1-4013x3">Run <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">minimalgls.tex </span>through <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> again (as step 1)</li></ol> - <!--l. 450--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following + <!--l. 456--><p class="noindent" >You should now have a complete document. The number following each entry in the glossary is the location number. By default, this is the page number where the entry was referenced. </p></dd><dt class="description"> @@ -1160,7 +1166,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample4col</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sample4col</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample4col</span></span> - <!--l. 462--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 468--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> As before, if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a id="dx1-4014"></a><a @@ -1195,7 +1201,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleAcr</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleAcr</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleAcr</span></span> - <!--l. 478--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 484--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sampleAcrDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1212,7 +1218,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleAcrDesc</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleAcrDesc</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleAcrDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 489--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 495--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sampleDesc.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1234,7 +1240,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleDesc</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleDesc</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleDesc</span></span> - <!--l. 501--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 507--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1250,7 +1256,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample-custom-acronym</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sample-custom-acronym</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample-custom-acronym</span></span> - <!--l. 510--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 516--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sample-crossref.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1262,7 +1268,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample-crossref</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sample-crossref</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample-crossref</span></span> - <!--l. 519--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 525--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sampleDB.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1283,7 +1289,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleDB</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleDB</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleDB</span></span> - <!--l. 531--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 537--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> The glossary definitions are stored in the accompanying files <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">database1.tex </span>and <span @@ -1305,7 +1311,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.glg -o</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleDB.gls sampleDB.glo</span></span> - <!--l. 540--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 546--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4031x2">Create the secondary glossary: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -1316,7 +1322,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleDB.gls sampleDB.glo</span></span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s sampleDB.ist -t sampleDB.nlg -o</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleDB.not sampleDB.ntn</span></span> - <!--l. 544--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 550--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li></ol> </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -1336,7 +1342,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleEq</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleEq</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleEq</span></span> - <!--l. 556--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 562--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sampleEqPg.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1356,7 +1362,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleEqPg</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleEqPg</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleEqPg</span></span> - <!--l. 568--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 574--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sampleSec.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1375,7 +1381,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleSec</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleSec</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleSec</span></span> - <!--l. 580--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 586--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> @@ -1394,7 +1400,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleNtn</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleNtn</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleNtn</span></span> - <!--l. 591--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> Note that if you don’t have Perl installed, you will need to use <a id="dx1-4036"></a><a @@ -1412,7 +1418,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.glg -o</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleNtn.gls sampleNtn.glo</span></span> - <!--l. 599--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 605--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-4043x2">Create the secondary glossary: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -1420,7 +1426,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleNtn.gls sampleNtn.glo</span></span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s sampleNtn.ist -t sampleNtn.nlg -o</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleNtn.not sampleNtn.ntn</span></span> - <!--l. 603--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 609--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></li></ol> </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -1441,7 +1447,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sample</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample</span></span> - <!--l. 616--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 622--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> You can see the difference between word and letter ordering if you substitute <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">order=word</span><a @@ -1483,7 +1489,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampletree</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampletree</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampletree</span></span> - <!--l. 636--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 642--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sample-dual.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1496,7 +1502,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample-dual</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sample-dual</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample-dual</span></span> - <!--l. 645--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sample-langdict</span> </dt><dd @@ -1509,7 +1515,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample-langdict</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sample-langdict</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sample-langdict</span></span> - <!--l. 655--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 661--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">samplexdy.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1547,7 +1553,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy.xdy</span>, but if you uncomment the  <br />\noist  <br />\GlsSetXdyLanguage{} </div> - <!--l. 668--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span + <!--l. 674--><p class="nopar" > it will set the style file to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>instead. This provides an additional letter group for entries starting with “Mc” or “Mac”. If you use <a @@ -1568,14 +1574,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package will overwrite <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy-mc.xdy </span>and you will lose the “Mc” letter group. - </p><!--l. 680--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> + </p><!--l. 686--><p class="noindent" >To create the document do: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex samplexdy</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries samplexdy</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex samplexdy</span></span> - </p><!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 691--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> If you don’t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a id="dx1-4066"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span @@ -1593,7 +1599,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks): class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy -t</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy.glg -o samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 692--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> otherwise, if you are using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line breaks): <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -1601,7 +1607,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy-mc.xdy</span>, then do (no line class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy -I xindy -M samplexdy-mc -t samplexdy.glg -o</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy.gls samplexdy.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 697--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 703--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">samplexdy2.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1623,7 +1629,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">pdflatex samplexdy2</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries samplexdy2</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">pdflatex samplexdy2</span></span> - <!--l. 707--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 713--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> If you can’t use <a id="dx1-4072"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span @@ -1633,7 +1639,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy2.glg -o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 711--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 717--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> See <a href="#x1-3800011.2">§11.2 </a><a href="#x1-3800011.2">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details. @@ -1662,7 +1668,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleutf8</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleutf8</span></span> - <!--l. 722--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + <!--l. 728--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> If you don’t have Perl installed, you will have to call <a id="dx1-4080"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span @@ -1678,8 +1684,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M sampleutf8 -t</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleutf8.glg -o sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 728--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> - </p><!--l. 730--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span + </p><!--l. 734--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 736--><p class="noindent" >If you remove the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-4084"></a> option from <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleutf8.tex </span>and do: @@ -1690,7 +1696,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleutf8</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries sampleutf8</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex sampleutf8</span></span> - </p><!--l. 736--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 742--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> you will see that the entries that start with a non-Latin character now appear in the symbols group, and the word “manœuvre” is now after “manor” instead of before it. If you are unable to use @@ -1711,7 +1717,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleutf8.gls sampleutf8.glo</span></span> - </p><!--l. 744--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> + </p><!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">sampleaccsupp.tex</span> </dt><dd @@ -1726,12 +1732,12 @@ href="#x1-6100018">§18 </a><a href="#x1-6100018">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 762--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 756--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 762--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2</span>  <a id="x1-50001.2"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h3> -<!--l. 759--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span +<!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package can now be used with <a id="dx1-5001"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span @@ -1769,11 +1775,11 @@ example:  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 773--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 775--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character, such as é, looks like a plain +<!--l. 779--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 781--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character, such as é, looks like a plain character in your tex file, it’s actually a macro and can therefore cause problems. -</p><!--l. 780--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 786--><p class="indent" > </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5013x1">If you use an accented (or other expandable) character at @@ -1790,7 +1796,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Gls</span><a \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> - <!--l. 789--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 795--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-5016x2">If you use an accented (or other expandable) character in an entry @@ -1813,8 +1819,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsname</span><a characters in your document. </li></ol> </div> -<!--l. 799--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 801--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span +<!--l. 805--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 807--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-5024"></a> package, <a id="dx1-5025"></a><a @@ -1835,12 +1841,12 @@ option. Read the <a id="dx1-5031"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-5032"></a> manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 813--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2.1</span>  <a id="x1-60001.2.1"></a>Changing the Fixed Names</h4> -<!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.08, the <span +<!--l. 816--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.08, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package now has limited multi-lingual support, thanks to all the people who have sent me the relevant translations either via email or via <span @@ -1875,7 +1881,7 @@ languages. For example:  <br />\usepackage[spanish]{translator}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 825--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, specify the language as a class option rather than a package +<!--l. 831--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, specify the language as a class option rather than a package option. For example: @@ -1886,8 +1892,8 @@ option. For example:  <br />\usepackage{babel}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 833--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 835--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span +<!--l. 839--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 841--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">ngerman</span><a id="dx1-6007"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">german</span><a @@ -1908,8 +1914,8 @@ example:  <br />\usepackage{translator}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 843--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 845--><p class="indent" > The languages are currently supported by the <span +<!--l. 849--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 851--><p class="indent" > The languages are currently supported by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package are listed in <a href="#x1-60111">table 1.1</a>. Please note that (apart from spelling mistakes) I don’t @@ -1918,7 +1924,7 @@ problems. -</p><!--l. 851--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 857--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-60111"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -1929,7 +1935,7 @@ problems. class="content">Supported Languages</td></tr></table></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-60111 --> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 854--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" > </p> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" @@ -1992,7 +1998,7 @@ class="td11"> 1.08 </td></tr></table></div></div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 873--><p class="indent" > The language dependent commands and <span +<!--l. 879--><p class="indent" > The language dependent commands and <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a id="dx1-6012"></a> keys used by the glossaries package are listed in <a @@ -2000,7 +2006,7 @@ href="#x1-60132">table 1.2</a>. -</p><!--l. 876--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 882--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-60132"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -2021,22 +2027,22 @@ id="TBL-3-3" /></colgroup><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-1-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Command Name </span></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 882--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Translator</span> <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Key</span> <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Word</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-1-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 883--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td10"> <!--l. 889--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Purpose</span> </p></td> </tr><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-2-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-1" class="td01"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryname</span><a id="dx1-6014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 884--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 890--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Glossary</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 884--><p class="noindent" >Title +class="td10"> <!--l. 890--><p class="noindent" >Title of the main @@ -2046,9 +2052,9 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 884--><p class="noindent" >Title class="td01"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymname</span><a id="dx1-6015"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Acronyms</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 885--><p class="noindent" >Title +class="td10"> <!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >Title of the list @@ -2067,11 +2073,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a class="td01"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\entryname</span><a id="dx1-6017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 887--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Notation</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >Header for first column @@ -2093,11 +2099,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 888--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\descriptionname</span><a id="dx1-6018"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 890--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 896--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Description</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 897--><p class="noindent" >Header for second column @@ -2119,11 +2125,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\symbolname</span><a id="dx1-6019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 899--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Symbol</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 899--><p class="noindent" >Header for symbol column @@ -2142,13 +2148,13 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\pagelistname</span><a id="dx1-6020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 895--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Page</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">List</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 896--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" >Header for page list @@ -2167,11 +2173,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 896--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssymbolsgroupname</span><a id="dx1-6021"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 898--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 904--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Symbols</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 899--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >Header for symbols section @@ -2190,11 +2196,11 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 899--><p class="noindent" >Header class="td01"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumbersgroupname</span><a id="dx1-6022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2" -class="td11"> <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" ><span +class="td11"> <!--l. 907--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Numbers</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">(glossaries)</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3" -class="td10"> <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >Header +class="td10"> <!--l. 907--><p class="noindent" >Header for numbers section @@ -2216,7 +2222,7 @@ class="td10"> <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >Header </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 907--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined +<!--l. 913--><p class="indent" > Due to the varied nature of glossaries, it’s likely that the predefined translations may not be appropriate. If you are using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a id="dx1-6023"></a> package @@ -2232,7 +2238,7 @@ the necessary modifications (using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\deftranslation</span>) and load it using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\usedictionary</span>. -</p><!--l. 917--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, +</p><!--l. 923--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the dictionaries are loaded at the beginning of the document, so it won’t have any effect if you put <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\deftranslation </span>in the preamble. It should be put in your personal dictionary instead (as in the example @@ -2242,8 +2248,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">beamer</span><a id="dx1-6027"></a> documentation.) </div> -</p><!--l. 924--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 926--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from +</p><!--l. 930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 932--><p class="indent" > Your custom dictionary doesn’t have to be just a translation from English to another language. You may prefer to have a dictionary for a particular type of document. For example, suppose your institution’s in-house reports have to have the glossary labelled as “Nomenclature” and @@ -2256,7 +2262,7 @@ called, say, <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7"> myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict </div> -<!--l. 934--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following: +<!--l. 940--><p class="nopar" > that contains the following: @@ -2266,7 +2272,7 @@ myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict  <br />\deftranslation{Glossary}{Nomenclature}  <br />\deftranslation{Page List (glossaries)}{Location} </div> -<!--l. 940--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using: +<!--l. 946--><p class="nopar" > You can now load it using: @@ -2274,13 +2280,13 @@ myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9"> \usedictionary{myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary} </div> -<!--l. 944--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span +<!--l. 950--><p class="nopar" > (Make sure that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myinstitute-glossaries-dictionary-English.dict</span> can be found by <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>.) If you want to share your custom dictionary, you can upload it to <a href="http://www.ctan.org/" >CTAN</a>. -</p><!--l. 949--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span +</p><!--l. 955--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a id="dx1-6028"></a> and don’t want to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a @@ -2303,7 +2309,7 @@ example:  <br />\usepackage[translate=false]{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries-babel} </div> -<!--l. 960--><p class="nopar" > or: +<!--l. 966--><p class="nopar" > or: @@ -2323,8 +2329,8 @@ example:  <br />    \renewcommand*{\glsnumbersgroupname}{Numbers}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 978--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 980--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span +<!--l. 984--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 986--><p class="indent" > If you are using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">polyglossia</span><a id="dx1-6032"></a> instead of <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a @@ -2335,7 +2341,7 @@ will automatically be loaded unless you specify the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translate=false</span><a id="dx1-6035"></a>. -</p><!--l. 984--><p class="indent" > Note that <a +</p><!--l. 990--><p class="indent" > Note that <a id="dx1-6036"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -2353,10 +2359,10 @@ href="#x1-3600011">§11 </a><a href="#x1-3600011">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </p> -<!--l. 990--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 996--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3</span>  <a id="x1-70001.3"></a>Generating the Associated Glossary Files</h3> -<!--l. 993--><p class="noindent" >In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a +<!--l. 999--><p class="noindent" >In order to generate a sorted glossary with compact <a id="dx1-7001"></a><a href="#glo:locationlist">location lists</a>, it is necessary to use an external <a @@ -2403,7 +2409,7 @@ href="#x1-3600011">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>. -</p><!--l. 1008--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 1014--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package comes with the Perl script <a id="dx1-7018"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span @@ -2482,13 +2488,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-7046"></a> messages. </li></ul> -<!--l. 1034--><p class="indent" > There is also a Java GUI alternative called <a +<!--l. 1040--><p class="indent" > There is also a Java GUI alternative called <a id="dx1-7047"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossariesgui"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossariesgui</span><a id="dx1-7048"></a></a>, distributed separately, that has diagnostic tools. -</p><!--l. 1037--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the <a +</p><!--l. 1043--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is strongly recommended that you use the <a id="dx1-7049"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -2509,7 +2515,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossariesgui</span><a id="dx1-7056"></a>. These are listed in <a href="#x1-70893">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <a +</p><!--l. 1051--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you are choosing not to use <a id="dx1-7057"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-7058"></a> because you don’t want @@ -2521,8 +2527,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-7062"></a> also requires Perl. </div> -</p><!--l. 1049--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1051--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside +</p><!--l. 1055--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1057--><p class="indent" > Note that if any of your entries use an entry that is not referenced outside the glossary, you will need to do an additional <a id="dx1-7063"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span @@ -2551,7 +2557,7 @@ href="#fn2x3" id="fn2x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a  <br />\newglossaryentry{orange}{name={orange},  <br />description={an orange coloured fruit.}} </div> -<!--l. 1064--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 1070--><p class="nopar" > and suppose you have <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{citrusfruit}</span></span></span> in your document but don’t reference the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">orange </span>entry, then the <span @@ -2582,8 +2588,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex myDoc</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries myDoc</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1078--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 1080--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a +</p><!--l. 1084--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1086--><p class="indent" > Likewise, an additional <a id="dx1-7077"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -2598,7 +2604,7 @@ page boundaries, which means that the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-7080"></a>s</a> in the glossary may need updating. -</p><!--l. 1088--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing +</p><!--l. 1094--><p class="indent" > The examples in this document assume that you are accessing <a id="dx1-7081"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span @@ -2617,7 +2623,7 @@ the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">Start->All Programs </span>menu or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">Start->All Programs->Accessories</span> menu. -</p><!--l. 1094--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create +</p><!--l. 1100--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, your text editor may have the facility to create a function that will call the required application. The article <a href="http://www.latex-community.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=263:glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms&catid=55:latex-general&Itemid=114" >“Glossaries, Nomenclature, List of Symbols and Acronyms”</a> in the @@ -2630,7 +2636,7 @@ WinEdt macro”</a> on the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">comp.text.tex </span>newsgroup describes how to do it for WinEdt. For other editors see the editor’s user manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 1106--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span +</p><!--l. 1112--><p class="indent" > If any problems occur, remember to check the transcript files (e.g. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glg</span><a id="dx1-7087"></a> or <span @@ -2642,7 +2648,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.alg</span><a -</p><!--l. 1109--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 1115--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-70893"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -2749,10 +2755,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span></td></tr></table> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 1131--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1137--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.1</span>  <a id="x1-80001.3.1"></a>Using the makeglossaries Perl Script</h4> -<!--l. 1134--><p class="noindent" >The <a +<!--l. 1140--><p class="noindent" >The <a id="dx1-8001"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -2782,7 +2788,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex myDoc</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries myDoc</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">latex myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1145--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> You may need to explicitly load <a id="dx1-8010"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span @@ -2790,7 +2796,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-8011"></a></a> into Perl: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">perl makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1149--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1155--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> There is a batch file called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries.bat </span>which does this for Windows users, but you must have Perl installed to be able to use it. You @@ -2805,8 +2811,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-d </span>switch. For example: <spacer type=vertical s class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">pdflatex -output-directory myTmpDir myDoc</span> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries -d myTmpDir myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1158--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 1160--><p class="indent" > The <a +</p><!--l. 1164--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1166--><p class="indent" > The <a id="dx1-8014"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -2823,20 +2829,20 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries --help </span>for a list of all options class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">--version </span>for the version number. -</p><!--l. 1167--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span +</p><!--l. 1173--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When upgrading the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package, make sure you also upgrade your version of <a id="dx1-8019"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a - id="dx1-8020"></a></a>. The current version is 2.06. </div> -</p><!--l. 1171--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" > + id="dx1-8020"></a></a>. The current version is 2.07. </div> +</p><!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1173--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.2</span>  <a id="x1-90001.3.2"></a>Using xindy explicitly</h4> -<!--l. 1176--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" ><a id="dx1-9001"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">Xindy</span><a @@ -2849,7 +2855,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> Community</a> that describes how to do -</p><!--l. 1183--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a +</p><!--l. 1189--><p class="indent" > If you want to use <a id="dx1-9003"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -2864,7 +2870,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 1188--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a +<!--l. 1194--><p class="nopar" > This is required regardless of whether you use <a id="dx1-9006"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -2886,7 +2892,7 @@ to use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-I xindy </span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">not </span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-I tex</span>. -</p><!--l. 1195--><p class="indent" > To run <a +</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="indent" > To run <a id="dx1-9014"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -2919,7 +2925,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">base</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1205--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">language</span><span @@ -2960,7 +2966,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>. You may need to specify the full path name depending on the current working directory. If any of the file names contain spaces, you must delimit them using double-quotes. -</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span +</p><!--l. 1216--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myDoc.tex </span>and you are using UTF8 encoding in English, then type the following in your terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -2968,8 +2974,8 @@ UTF8 encoding in English, then type the following in your terminal: class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.glg -o</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1215--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> -</p><!--l. 1217--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same +</p><!--l. 1221--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1223--><p class="indent" > Note that this just creates the main glossary. You need to do the same for each of the other glossaries (including the list of acronyms if you have used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a @@ -2989,12 +2995,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M myDoc -t myDoc.alg -o</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1226--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1232--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-9027"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1230--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a +</p><!--l. 1236--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a id="dx1-9028"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -3012,7 +3018,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1235--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1241--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a id="dx1-9034"></a><a @@ -3024,12 +3030,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-9037"></a>. These are listed in <a href="#x1-70893">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 1242--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1248--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1242--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1248--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.3</span>  <a id="x1-100001.3.3"></a>Using makeindex explicitly</h4> -<!--l. 1245--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a +<!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a id="dx1-10001"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a @@ -3060,7 +3066,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">base</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1252--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1258--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">base</span><span @@ -3096,12 +3102,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-l </span>(letter ordering). See the <a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-10013"></a> manual for further details. -</p><!--l. 1261--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span +</p><!--l. 1267--><p class="indent" > For example, if your document is called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myDoc.tex</span>, then type the following at the terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.glg -o myDoc.gls myDoc.glo</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1265--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1271--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note that this only creates the main glossary. If you have additional glossaries (for example, if you have used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a @@ -3124,12 +3130,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a terminal: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s myDoc.ist -t myDoc.alg -o myDoc.acr myDoc.acn</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1276--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1282--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> For additional glossaries, the extensions are those supplied when you created the glossary with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-10021"></a>. -</p><!--l. 1280--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a +</p><!--l. 1286--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use <a id="dx1-10022"></a><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a @@ -3145,7 +3151,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries myDoc</span></span> -</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> +</p><!--l. 1291--><p class="indent" > <spacer type=vertical size=10> Note also that some commands and package options have no effect if you use <a id="dx1-10028"></a><span @@ -3160,12 +3166,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a listed in <a href="#x1-70893">table 1.3</a>. -</p><!--l. 1292--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1292--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1298--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.3.4</span>  <a id="x1-110001.3.4"></a>Note to Front-End and Script Developers</h4> -<!--l. 1295--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a +<!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" >The information needed to determine whether to use <a id="dx1-11001"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -3178,8 +3184,8 @@ and the information needed to call those applications is stored in the auxiliary file. This information can be gathered by a front-end, editor or script to make the glossaries where appropriate. This section describes how the information is stored in the auxiliary file. -</p><!--l. 1302--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by -</p><!--l. 1303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1308--><p class="indent" > The file extensions used by each defined glossary are given by +</p><!--l. 1309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\@newglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11005"></a> <span @@ -3201,7 +3207,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">in-ext</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1305--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1311--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">in-ext</span><span @@ -3235,11 +3241,11 @@ as: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14"> \@newglossary{main}{glg}{gls}{glo} </div> -<!--l. 1318--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 1320--><p class="indent" > The <a +<!--l. 1324--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 1326--><p class="indent" > The <a id="dx1-11010"></a><a href="#glo:indexingapp">indexing application’s</a> style file is specified by -</p><!--l. 1321--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\@istfilename</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11011"></a> <span @@ -3248,7 +3254,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">filename</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1323--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1329--><p class="noindent" > The file extension indicates whether to use <a id="dx1-11012"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span @@ -3266,8 +3272,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a depending on which <a id="dx1-11018"></a>indexing application is supposed to be used, so it’s important to call the correct one. -</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by: -</p><!--l. 1331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="indent" > Word or letter ordering is specified by: +</p><!--l. 1337--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\@glsorder</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11019"></a> <span @@ -3276,20 +3282,20 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">order</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1333--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1339--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">order</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>can be either <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">word </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">letter</span>. -</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="indent" > If <a +</p><!--l. 1342--><p class="indent" > If <a id="dx1-11020"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-11021"></a></a> should be used, the language and code page for each glossary is specified by -</p><!--l. 1338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\@xdylanguage</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-11022"></a><span class="marginpar"><span @@ -3315,7 +3321,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1347--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -3338,7 +3344,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a </p> -<!--l. 1348--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1354--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">2</span>  <a id="x1-120002"></a>Package Options</h2> This section describes the available <span @@ -3421,7 +3427,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a \usepackage[sanitize={name=false,description=false,%  <br />symbol=true}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1382--><p class="nopar" > You can use <span + <!--l. 1388--><p class="nopar" > You can use <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sanitize=none</span><a id="dx1-13016"></a> as a shortcut for<br class="newline" /><span @@ -3437,8 +3443,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16"> \usepackage[sanitize=none,sanitize={sort=false}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1389--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 1391--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"><span + <!--l. 1395--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 1397--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Note</span>: this sanitization only applies to the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a id="dx1-13018"></a>, <span @@ -3463,7 +3469,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a id="dx1-13025"></a> key. </div> - </p><!--l. 1399--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1405--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">savewrites</span><a @@ -3485,30 +3491,36 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">savewrites</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">etex</span><a id="dx1-13029"></a>. - <!--l. 1412--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span + <!--l. 1418--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option can significantly slow document compilation. As + an alternative, you can use the <span +class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">scrwfile</span><a + id="dx1-13030"></a> package (part of the + KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. </div> + </p><!--l. 1422--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1424--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\write18</span><a - id="dx1-13030"></a> mechanism to call <a - id="dx1-13031"></a><a + id="dx1-13031"></a> mechanism to call <a + id="dx1-13032"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-13032"></a></a> + id="dx1-13033"></a></a> or <a - id="dx1-13033"></a><a + id="dx1-13034"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13034"></a></a> from your document and use <span + id="dx1-13035"></a></a> from your document and use <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">savewrites</span><a - id="dx1-13035"></a>, you must + id="dx1-13036"></a>, you must create the external files with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glswritefiles </span>before you call <a - id="dx1-13036"></a><span + id="dx1-13037"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a - id="dx1-13037"></a>/<a - id="dx1-13038"></a><span + id="dx1-13038"></a>/<a + id="dx1-13039"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a - id="dx1-13039"></a>. Also set <span + id="dx1-13040"></a>. Also set <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glswritefiles </span>to nothing or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\relax</span> before the end of the document to avoid rewriting the files. For @@ -3523,49 +3535,49 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\relax</span>  <br />-t \jobname.glg -o \jobname.gls \jobname}  <br />\let\glswritefiles\relax </div> - <!--l. 1424--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 1425--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1436--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 1437--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">translate</span><a - id="dx1-13040"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-13041"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option. The default is <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">true</span><a - id="dx1-13041"></a> if <span + id="dx1-13042"></a> if <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a - id="dx1-13042"></a>, <span + id="dx1-13043"></a>, <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-13043"></a> + id="dx1-13044"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a - id="dx1-13044"></a> have been loaded, otherwise the default value is + id="dx1-13045"></a> have been loaded, otherwise the default value is <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">false</span><a - id="dx1-13045"></a>. + id="dx1-13046"></a>. <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">translate=true</span><a - id="dx1-13046"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-13047"></a> </dt><dd class="description">If <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a - id="dx1-13047"></a> has been loaded and the <span + id="dx1-13048"></a> has been loaded and the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a - id="dx1-13048"></a> + id="dx1-13049"></a> package is installed, <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a - id="dx1-13049"></a> will be loaded and the + id="dx1-13050"></a> will be loaded and the translations will be provided by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a - id="dx1-13050"></a> package + id="dx1-13051"></a> package interface. You can modify the translations by providing your own dictionary. If the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a - id="dx1-13051"></a> package isn’t installed + id="dx1-13052"></a> package isn’t installed and <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a - id="dx1-13052"></a> is loaded, the <span + id="dx1-13053"></a> is loaded, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-babel</span><a - id="dx1-13053"></a> package will be + id="dx1-13054"></a> package will be loaded and the translations will be provided using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span>’s <span @@ -3574,58 +3586,58 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">language</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>mechanism. If <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-13054"></a> has + id="dx1-13055"></a> has been loaded, <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-13055"></a> will be loaded. + id="dx1-13056"></a> will be loaded. </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">translate=false</span><a - id="dx1-13056"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-13057"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Don’t provide translations, even if <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a - id="dx1-13057"></a> or + id="dx1-13058"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-13058"></a> has been loaded. You can then provide you’re + id="dx1-13059"></a> has been loaded. You can then provide you’re own translations or explicitly load <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-babel</span><a - id="dx1-13059"></a> or + id="dx1-13060"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-polyglossia</span><a - id="dx1-13060"></a>.</dd></dl> - <!--l. 1451--><p class="noindent" >See <a + id="dx1-13061"></a>.</dd></dl> + <!--l. 1463--><p class="noindent" >See <a href="#x1-60001.2.1">§1.2.1 </a><a href="#x1-60001.2.1">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">hyperfirst</span><a - id="dx1-13061"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-13062"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether each term has a hyperlink on <a - id="dx1-13062"></a><a + id="dx1-13063"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The default is <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst=true</span><a - id="dx1-13063"></a> (terms on <a - id="dx1-13064"></a><a + id="dx1-13064"></a> (terms on <a + id="dx1-13065"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> have a hyperlink, unless explicitly suppressed using starred versions of commands such as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls*</span><a - id="dx1-13065"></a>). + id="dx1-13066"></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a - id="dx1-13066"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-13067"></a> </dt><dd class="description">Use this option if you have multiple glossaries and you want to suppress the entry hyperlinks for a particular glossary or glossaries. The value of this option should be a comma-separated list of glossary types where <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a - id="dx1-13067"></a> etc shouldn’t have hyperlinks by + id="dx1-13068"></a> etc shouldn’t have hyperlinks by default. Make sure you enclose the value in braces if it contains any commas. Example: @@ -3635,7 +3647,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a \usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={acronym,notation}]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[nlg]{notation}{not}{ntn}{Notation} </div> - <!--l. 1468--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span + <!--l. 1480--><p class="nopar" > The values must be fully expanded, so <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">don’t </span>try <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span></span></span>. See <a @@ -3645,27 +3657,27 @@ href="#x1-280006">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> f </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">savenumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-13068"></a> </dt><dd + id="dx1-13069"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This is a boolean option that specifies whether or not to gather and store the <a - id="dx1-13069"></a><a + id="dx1-13070"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a - id="dx1-13070"></a></a> for each entry. The + id="dx1-13071"></a></a> for each entry. The default is <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">savenumberlist=false</span><a - id="dx1-13071"></a>. (See <span + id="dx1-13072"></a>. (See <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-13072"></a> and + id="dx1-13073"></a> and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a - id="dx1-13073"></a> in <a + id="dx1-13074"></a> in <a href="#x1-340009">§9 </a><a href="#x1-340009">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) </dd></dl> -<!--l. 1481--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1481--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2</span>  <a id="x1-140002.2"></a>Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -3676,19 +3688,19 @@ class="description">Add the glossaries to the table of contents. Note that an ex <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run is required with this option. Alternatively, you can switch this function on and off using - <!--l. 1488--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 1500--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstoctrue</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14002"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstoctrue </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1490--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1502--><p class="noindent" > and - </p><!--l. 1492--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstocfalse</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14003"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstocfalse </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1494--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1506--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">numberline</span><a @@ -3737,7 +3749,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>option. Its value should be the <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19"> \usepackage[section=subsection]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1512--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.  + <!--l. 1524--><p class="nopar" > You can omit the value if you want to use sections, i.e.  @@ -3745,7 +3757,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>option. Its value should be the <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20"> \usepackage[section]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1516--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to + <!--l. 1528--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to @@ -3753,8 +3765,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>option. Its value should be the <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21"> \usepackage[section=section]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1520--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using - </p><!--l. 1522--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 1532--><p class="nopar" > You can change this value later in the document using + </p><!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\setglossarysection</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14012"></a> <span @@ -3763,14 +3775,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1524--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1536--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the sectional unit. - </p><!--l. 1527--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header + </p><!--l. 1539--><p class="noindent" >The start of each glossary adds information to the page header via - </p><!--l. 1528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 1540--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarymark</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14013"></a> <span @@ -3779,7 +3791,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary title</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1530--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1542--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\@mkboth </span>unless <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">memoir</span><a @@ -3793,7 +3805,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">memoir</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22"> \renewcommand{\glossarymark}[1]{\markright{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 1536--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers: + <!--l. 1548--><p class="nopar" > or to prevent it from changing the headers: @@ -3801,13 +3813,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">memoir</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23"> \renewcommand{\glossarymark}[1]{} </div> - <!--l. 1540--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span + <!--l. 1552--><p class="nopar" > If you want <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarymark </span>to use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\MakeUppercase </span>in the header, use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">ucmark</span><a id="dx1-14015"></a> option described below. - </p><!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines + </p><!--l. 1556--><p class="noindent" >Occasionally you may find that another package defines <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\cleardoublepage </span>when it is not required. This may cause an unwanted blank page to appear before each glossary. This can be @@ -3821,7 +3833,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsclearpage</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24"> \renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{\clearpage} </div> - <!--l. 1550--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1562--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">ucmark</span><a @@ -3872,7 +3884,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25"> \usepackage[section,numberedsection=autolabel]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1573--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be + <!--l. 1585--><p class="nopar" > then each glossary will appear in a numbered section, and can be referenced using something like: @@ -3882,7 +3894,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>using: The main glossary is in section~\ref{main} and the list of  <br />acronyms is in section~\ref{acronym}. </div> - <!--l. 1579--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main + <!--l. 1591--><p class="nopar" > If you can’t decide whether to have the acronyms in the main glossary or a separate list of acronyms, you can use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymtype</span><a id="dx1-14029"></a> @@ -3901,15 +3913,15 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27"> The list of acronyms is in section~\ref{\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 1587--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 1589--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.14, you can add a prefix to the label by + <!--l. 1599--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 1601--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.14, you can add a prefix to the label by redefining - </p><!--l. 1591--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 1603--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsautoprefix</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-14032"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsautoprefix </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1593--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1605--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -3918,7 +3930,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsautoprefix </span></div><hr> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28"> \renewcommand*{\glsautoprefix}{glo:} </div> - <!--l. 1597--><p class="nopar" > will add <span + <!--l. 1609--><p class="nopar" > will add <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so you can then, for example, refer to the list of acronyms as follows: @@ -3929,7 +3941,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so y The list of acronyms is in  <br />section~\ref{glo:\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 1603--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: + <!--l. 1615--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are undecided on a prefix: @@ -3938,12 +3950,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glo: </span>to the automatically generated label, so y The list of acronyms is in  <br />section~\ref{\glsautoprefix\acronymtype}. </div> - <!--l. 1608--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1620--><p class="nopar" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1612--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3</span>  <a id="x1-150002.3"></a>Glossary Appearance Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -3961,9 +3973,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15003"></a><a id="dx1-15004"></a><span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaryentry</span>. - <!--l. 1622--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the + <!--l. 1634--><p class="noindent" >If you use this option, you can reference the entry number within the document using - </p><!--l. 1624--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 1636--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15005"></a> <span @@ -3972,12 +3984,12 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 1626--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the label associated with that glossary entry. - </p><!--l. 1629--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span + </p><!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsrefentry</span>, you must run <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> twice after creating the glossary files using <a @@ -3994,7 +4006,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-15011"></a></a> to ensure the cross-references are up-to-date. </div> - </p><!--l. 1634--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1646--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">counterwithin</span><a @@ -4022,11 +4034,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is incremented. - <!--l. 1642--><p class="noindent" ><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 1654--><p class="noindent" ><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsresetentrycounter</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-15015"></a> - </p><!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span + </p><!--l. 1655--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-15016"></a> counter isn’t automatically reset at the start of each glossary, except when glossary section numbering is on and the @@ -4051,8 +4063,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaryentry</span><a  <br />  \glsresetentrycounter  <br />} </div> - <!--l. 1655--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 1656--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 1667--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 1668--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a @@ -4209,7 +4221,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span><a  <br />\usepackage{glossary-mcols}  <br />\glossarystyle{mcoltree} </div> - <!--l. 1716--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1728--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a @@ -4300,9 +4312,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip=false</span><a -<!--l. 1750--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1762--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1750--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1762--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4</span>  <a id="x1-160002.4"></a>Sorting Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -4348,7 +4360,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-16010"></a> key in <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry </span>is ignored).</li></ul> - <!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span + <!--l. 1784--><p class="noindent" >The default is <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=standard</span><a id="dx1-16011"></a>. </p></dd><dt class="description"> @@ -4361,7 +4373,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">word</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">letter</span><a id="dx1-16014"></a>. The default is word ordering. - <!--l. 1778--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span + <!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">order</span><a id="dx1-16015"></a> option has no effect if you don’t use <a @@ -4369,7 +4381,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">order</span><a href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-16017"></a></a>. </div> - </p><!--l. 1781--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a @@ -4438,7 +4450,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a style file will been given a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-16045"></a> extension. - <!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" >The <span + <!--l. 1810--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-16046"></a> package option may additionally have a value that is a <span @@ -4456,7 +4468,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>comma-separated list to override the lang <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33"> \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1803--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the + <!--l. 1815--><p class="nopar" > You can also specify whether you want a number group in the glossary. This defaults to true, but can be suppressed. For example: @@ -4466,7 +4478,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>comma-separated list to override the lang <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1808--><p class="nopar" > See <a + <!--l. 1820--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#x1-3600011">§11 </a><a href="#x1-3600011">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on using <a id="dx1-16047"></a><a @@ -4477,9 +4489,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> package. </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 1814--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 1826--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 1814--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1826--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5</span>  <a id="x1-170002.5"></a>Acronym Options</h3> <dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -4495,7 +4507,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">acronym</span>. This is <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> - <!--l. 1822--><p class="nopar" > If the <span + <!--l. 1834--><p class="nopar" > If the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a id="dx1-17002"></a> package option is used, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymtype</span><a @@ -4534,7 +4546,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main </span>glossary to also contain a list of acronym <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36"> \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 1841--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries + <!--l. 1853--><p class="nopar" > No check is performed to determine if the listed glossaries exist, so you can add glossaries you haven’t defined yet. For example: @@ -4545,7 +4557,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main </span>glossary to also contain a list of acronym \usepackage[acronym,acronymlists={main,acronym2}]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary[alg2]{acronym2}{acr2}{acn2}{Statistical Acronyms} </div> - <!--l. 1847--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 1859--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">description</span><a @@ -4629,16 +4641,16 @@ href="#x1-4100013">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further deta -<!--l. 1881--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 1893--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">3</span>  <a id="x1-180003"></a>Setting Up</h2> The command -<!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 1897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18001"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1899--><p class="noindent" > must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a id="dx1-18002"></a><a @@ -4656,18 +4668,18 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a glossary entries are written to the appropriate output files. If you omit <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>none of the glossaries will be created. -</p><!--l. 1894--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span +</p><!--l. 1906--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package must be placed before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If you attempt to use those commands after <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an error. -</p><!--l. 1901--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must be used after +</p><!--l. 1913--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must be used after <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 1903--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1905--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a +</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1917--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a id="dx1-18008"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -4677,15 +4689,15 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-18011"></a></a> style file using -</p><!--l. 1907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\noist</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18012"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1909--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1921--><p class="noindent" > Note that this command must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 1911--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span +</p><!--l. 1923--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-18013"></a> file created when using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> @@ -4693,8 +4705,8 @@ version 2.07 or below, you will need to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">compatible-2.07</span><a id="dx1-18014"></a> package option with it. </div> -</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 1917--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span +</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1929--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\jobname</span><a id="dx1-18015"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.ist</span><a @@ -4713,7 +4725,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-18022"></a></a>). This name may be changed using: -</p><!--l. 1921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18023"></a> <span @@ -4722,14 +4734,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1923--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1935--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 1928--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a +</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a id="dx1-18024"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-18025"></a></a> that lists all the @@ -4741,7 +4753,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a number assumes a full stop compositor (e.g. 1.2), but if your location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this using -</p><!--l. 1935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18027"></a> <span @@ -4750,7 +4762,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">symbol</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1937--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -4759,15 +4771,15 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38"> \glsSetCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 1941--><p class="nopar" > Note that this command must be used before <span +<!--l. 1953--><p class="nopar" > Note that this command must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 1944--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +</p><!--l. 1956--><p class="indent" > If you use <a id="dx1-18028"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-18029"></a></a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with an uppercase alphabetical character using: -</p><!--l. 1946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-18030"></a> <span @@ -4777,7 +4789,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">symbol</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1948--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="noindent" > Note that this command has no effect if you haven’t used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-18031"></a> package @@ -4793,7 +4805,7 @@ and 2.3 style formats, then do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39"> \glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 1955--><p class="nopar" > See <a +<!--l. 1967--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#x1-270005">§5 </a><a href="#x1-270005">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a id="dx1-18034"></a><a @@ -4805,7 +4817,7 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">4</span>  <a id="x1-190004"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2> -<!--l. 1962--><p class="noindent" >All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, +<!--l. 1974--><p class="noindent" >All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in the preamble to ensure this.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x6" id="fn1x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a @@ -4856,8 +4868,8 @@ href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a See <a href="#x1-70001.3">§1.3 </a><a href="#x1-70001.3">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: -</p><!--l. 1985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: +</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19017"></a> <span @@ -4871,7 +4883,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 1987--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 1999--><p class="noindent" > The first argument, <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -4910,18 +4922,18 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-19023"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value, you can use - <!--l. 2002--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2014--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19024"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2004--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2016--><p class="noindent" > to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this entry is a parent entry that doesn’t require a description, you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description use - </p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2022--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspar</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-19025"></a> <span @@ -4929,7 +4941,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspar </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2012--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2024--><p class="noindent" > However, note that not all glossary styles support multi-line descriptions. If you are using one of the tabular-like glossary styles that permit multi-line descriptions, use <span @@ -5074,7 +5086,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a used with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span><a id="dx1-19070"></a>. - <!--l. 2058--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2070--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-19071"></a> was always @@ -5241,7 +5253,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">seeautonumberlist</span><a href="#x1-320008">§8 </a><a href="#x1-320008">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>. - <!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span + <!--l. 2129--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-19120"></a> must be used before any occurrence of <span @@ -5249,10 +5261,10 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-19121"></a> that contains the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a id="dx1-19122"></a> key. </div> - </p><!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2132--><p class="noindent" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2124--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span +<!--l. 2136--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-19123"></a> (see <a href="#x1-4100013">§13 </a><a @@ -5266,7 +5278,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">short</span><a id="dx1-19126"></a> and <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortplural</span><a id="dx1-19127"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with an accented letter or non-Roman +</p><!--l. 2140--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with an accented letter or non-Roman character, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Gls</span><a @@ -5281,7 +5293,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glspl</span><a \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\’e}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> -<!--l. 2135--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span +<!--l. 2147--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-19130"></a> package: @@ -5292,7 +5304,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> -<!--l. 2141--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the +<!--l. 2153--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-19131"></a> key if you are using <a @@ -5308,15 +5320,15 @@ accented letters correctly. </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1</span>  <a id="x1-200004.1"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 2150--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form +<!--l. 2162--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending -</p><!--l. 2153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-20001"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2155--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" > to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter “s”. For example: @@ -5327,7 +5339,7 @@ example: \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a fully grown  <br />female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 2161--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is +<!--l. 2173--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you are writing in archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, in which case you would have to do: @@ -5339,8 +5351,8 @@ do: \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,  <br />description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 2169--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2171--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a +<!--l. 2181--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2183--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a id="dx1-20002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys @@ -5354,7 +5366,7 @@ to specify the other plural form. For example:  <br />female of any bovine animal (plural cows, archaic plural kine)},  <br />user1={kine}} </div> -<!--l. 2179--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2191--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “cows” and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “kine”. You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. @@ -5366,9 +5378,9 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45"> \let\glsaltpl\glsuseri </div> -<!--l. 2185--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the +<!--l. 2197--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the alternative plural. -</p><!--l. 2189--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a +</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or sequence of letters, you can redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspluralsuffix</span> as required. However, this must be done <span @@ -5380,12 +5392,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-20004"></a> key where necessary). -</p><!--l. 2197--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2209--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2197--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2209--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2</span>  <a id="x1-210004.2"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3> -<!--l. 2200--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. +<!--l. 2212--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example: @@ -5405,7 +5417,7 @@ For example:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2217--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: +<!--l. 2229--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: @@ -5415,7 +5427,7 @@ For example:  <br />\newterm[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to move fast using  <br />the legs} </div> -<!--l. 2223--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: +<!--l. 2235--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: @@ -5425,13 +5437,13 @@ Peter is \glsing{play} in the park tod  <br />Jane \glsd{play} in the park yesterday.  <br />Peter and Jane \glsd{run} in the park last week. </div> -<!--l. 2231--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2233--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2243--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2245--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2233--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2245--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3</span>  <a id="x1-220004.3"></a>Sub-Entries</h3> -<!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be +<!--l. 2248--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will @@ -5450,7 +5462,7 @@ package option (see <a href="#x1-150002.3">§2.3 </a><a href="#x1-150002.3">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 2251--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if +</p><!--l. 2263--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will not have a <a id="dx1-22002"></a><a @@ -5462,12 +5474,12 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-22005"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum sub-entry depth. -</p><!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2269--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2269--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3.1</span>  <a id="x1-230004.3.1"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4> -<!--l. 2260--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first +<!--l. 2272--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and then define the sub-entries using the relevant @@ -5488,13 +5500,13 @@ follows:  <br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman letters},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}} </div> -<!--l. 2272--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2274--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description +<!--l. 2284--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2286--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the descriptions to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-23002"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description terminator. -</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: +</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: @@ -5508,13 +5520,13 @@ description and suppresses the description terminator.  <br />description={Euler’s constant},  <br />parent=romanletter} </div> -<!--l. 2289--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2292--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2301--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2292--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3.2</span>  <a id="x1-240004.3.2"></a>Homographs</h4> -<!--l. 2295--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to +<!--l. 2307--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a id="dx1-24001"></a> key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of @@ -5529,11 +5541,11 @@ technical words or a collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is  <br />description={\nopostdesc},  <br />plural={glossaries}} </div> -<!--l. 2304--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator +<!--l. 2316--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be suppressed using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-24002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: +</p><!--l. 2320--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: @@ -5548,7 +5560,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a  <br />sort={2},  <br />parent={glossary}} </div> -<!--l. 2319--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the +<!--l. 2331--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a id="dx1-24003"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -5569,7 +5581,7 @@ child entries. See <a href="#x1-150002.3">§2.3 </a><a href="#x1-150002.3">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 2330--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the +</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the parent entry, so the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a id="dx1-24009"></a> key was not required for the child @@ -5593,15 +5605,15 @@ be specified. For example:  <br />plural={bravoes},  <br />parent=bravo} </div> -<!--l. 2349--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2361--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2352--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4</span>  <a id="x1-250004.4"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3> -<!--l. 2355--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and +<!--l. 2367--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use: -</p><!--l. 2357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-25001"></a> <span @@ -5614,7 +5626,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">filename</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2371--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">filename</span><span @@ -5651,7 +5663,7 @@ contains:  <br />name={html},  <br />description={A mark up language}} </div> -<!--l. 2379--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: +<!--l. 2391--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: @@ -5659,7 +5671,7 @@ contains: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55"> \loadglsentries[languages]{myentries} </div> -<!--l. 2383--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span +<!--l. 2395--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">tex </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by <span @@ -5667,7 +5679,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">languages</span>, but the entry <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">perl </span>will be added to the main glossary, since it explicitly sets the type to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main</span>. -</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Note: </span>if you use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-25006"></a> (see <a @@ -5684,7 +5696,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>contains: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> \newacronym{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym} </div> -<!--l. 2395--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span +<!--l. 2407--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">altacronym</span>) @@ -5693,7 +5705,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">altacronym</span>) <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> -<!--l. 2400--><p class="nopar" > will add <span +<!--l. 2412--><p class="nopar" > will add <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">aca </span>to the glossary type <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">acronym</span>, if the package option <span @@ -5707,7 +5719,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x6" id="fn3x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a id="x1-25009f3"></a> -</p><!--l. 2408--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span +</p><!--l. 2420--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a id="dx1-25013"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this problem: @@ -5723,7 +5735,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in t \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a  <br />contrived acronym} </div> - <!--l. 2416--><p class="nopar" > and do: + <!--l. 2428--><p class="nopar" > and do: @@ -5731,7 +5743,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in t <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> - <!--l. 2420--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2432--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-25017x2">Temporarily change <span @@ -5745,19 +5757,19 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary:  <br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}  <br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype </div> - <!--l. 2428--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> -<!--l. 2431--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear + <!--l. 2440--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 2443--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant glossaries. Note also that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the preamble. -</p><!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2448--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2436--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2448--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5</span>  <a id="x1-260004.5"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 2439--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another +<!--l. 2451--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using: -</p><!--l. 2441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2453--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsmoveentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26001"></a> <span @@ -5771,7 +5783,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">target glossary label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2443--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2455--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -5782,12 +5794,12 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">target</span> class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry. -</p><!--l. 2448--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target +</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. This means that you can, for example, move an entry to an undefined glossary so you can use the entry in the document text but not have it listed in any of the glossaries. (Maybe you have an acronym so common it doesn’t need listing.) -</p><!--l. 2454--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you move an entry to an undefined glossary and you have +</p><!--l. 2466--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you move an entry to an undefined glossary and you have hyperlinked entries, the link will point to an undefined target. (Unless you identify that glossary using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a @@ -5803,12 +5815,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nowarn</span><a id="dx1-26004"></a> package option). Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its parent or children. </div> -</p><!--l. 2463--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2465--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2477--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">5</span>  <a id="x1-270005"></a>Number lists</h2> Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a @@ -5831,7 +5843,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a package option. The number list is also referred to as the location list<a id="dx1-27005"></a>. -<!--l. 2478--><p class="indent" > Both <a +<!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > Both <a id="dx1-27006"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a @@ -5858,15 +5870,15 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is either an integer or the keyword <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">none </span>which indicates that there should be no range formation. -</p><!--l. 2485--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 2497--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-27013"></a> and has no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-27014"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 2488--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > With both <a +</p><!--l. 2500--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2502--><p class="indent" > With both <a id="dx1-27015"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a @@ -5876,7 +5888,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-27018"></a></a>, you can replace the separator and the closing number in the range using: -</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27019"></a> <span @@ -5885,8 +5897,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">suffix</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2506--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27020"></a> <span @@ -5895,7 +5907,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">suffix</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2497--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="noindent" > where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For example: @@ -5907,7 +5919,7 @@ example: \glsSetSuffixF{f.}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.} </div> -<!--l. 2504--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a +<!--l. 2516--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a id="dx1-27021"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -5920,7 +5932,7 @@ length to 1 if you want to change these suffixes: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1} </div> -<!--l. 2510--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span +<!--l. 2522--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-27023"></a> package, you will need to use <span @@ -5935,8 +5947,8 @@ For example: \glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}} </div> -<!--l. 2517--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2519--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 2529--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2531--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before <span @@ -5944,14 +5956,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-27025"></a> and have no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-27026"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">6</span>  <a id="x1-280006"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2> -<!--l. 2529--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span +<!--l. 2541--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-28001"></a>, you can refer to that entry in the document using one of the commands listed in @@ -5979,12 +5991,12 @@ the page number. For further information on number lists, see <a href="#x1-270005">§5 </a><a href="#x1-270005">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. -</p><!--l. 2541--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> It is strongly recommended that you don’t use the commands +</p><!--l. 2553--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> It is strongly recommended that you don’t use the commands defined in this section in the arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving argument. </div> -</p><!--l. 2545--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2547--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the +</p><!--l. 2557--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2559--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package in conjunction with the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a @@ -6004,8 +6016,8 @@ argument to the sectioning/caption command. Examples: \chapter{An overview of \glsentrytext{perl}}  <br />\chapter[An overview of Perl]{An overview of \gls{perl}} </div> -<!--l. 2556--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2558--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a +<!--l. 2568--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2570--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a id="dx1-28012"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-28013"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding @@ -6021,7 +6033,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-28016"></a></a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document’s glossary. -</p><!--l. 2566--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in a certain glossary to have links, +</p><!--l. 2578--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in a certain glossary to have links, but not for another glossary. In which case, you can use the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a @@ -6048,8 +6060,8 @@ Example: \usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={common}]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary{common}{cacr}{cacn}{Common Acronyms} </div> -<!--l. 2581--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can use -</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 2593--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can use +</p><!--l. 2595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28021"></a> <span @@ -6058,7 +6070,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2585--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2597--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -6069,12 +6081,12 @@ For example:  <br />\newglossary{common}{cacr}{cacn}{Common Acronyms}  <br />\GlsDeclareNoHyperList{common} </div> -<!--l. 2591--><p class="nopar" > Note that no check is performed to see if the glossary types listed in +<!--l. 2603--><p class="nopar" > Note that no check is performed to see if the glossary types listed in <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-28022"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList </span>have been defined. -</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">The values must be fully expanded, so <span +</p><!--l. 2608--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">The values must be fully expanded, so <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">don’t </span>try <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -6090,11 +6102,11 @@ when using the package option. So <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67"> \usepackage[nohypertypes={acronym,common}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 2606--><p class="nopar" > is correct, but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2618--><p class="nopar" > is correct, but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nohypertypes={{acronym},{common}}</span></span></span> won’t work. </div> -</p><!--l. 2608--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2610--><p class="indent" > You can override the effect of <span +</p><!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2622--><p class="indent" > You can override the effect of <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-28023"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span> @@ -6104,11 +6116,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyper</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 2615--><p class="indent" > The way the <a +</p><!--l. 2627--><p class="indent" > The way the <a id="dx1-28025"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-28026"></a></a> is displayed depends on -</p><!--l. 2616--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28027"></a> <span @@ -6117,7 +6129,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2618--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2630--><p class="noindent" > For example, to make all <a id="dx1-28028"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a @@ -6129,8 +6141,8 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68"> \renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 2623--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2625--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a +<!--l. 2635--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2637--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a id="dx1-28030"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. This determines whether <span @@ -6151,8 +6163,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>). See <a href="#x1-4600014">§14 </a><a href="#x1-4600014">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for commands that unset or reset this conditional. -</p><!--l. 2633--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2645--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2646--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslink</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28036"></a> <span @@ -6169,7 +6181,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2636--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2648--><p class="noindent" > will place <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstextformat{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -6242,8 +6254,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">italic</span>) you <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 2663--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. - </p><!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text + <!--l. 2675--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. + </p><!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textbf</span><a id="dx1-28045"></a> or <span @@ -6251,7 +6263,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\emph</span><a id="dx1-28046"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a href="#x1-280601">table 6.1</a>. - </p><!--l. 2670--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a + </p><!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a id="dx1-28047"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -6282,11 +6294,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem} </div> - <!--l. 2678--><p class="nopar" > See <a + <!--l. 2690--><p class="nopar" > See <a href="#x1-3600011">§11 </a><a href="#x1-3600011">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div> - </p><!--l. 2680--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span + </p><!--l. 2692--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2694--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\index</span><a id="dx1-28055"></a>, you can’t have anything following the command name, such as an asterisk or arguments. If you want to @@ -6299,7 +6311,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span><a href="#x1-320008">§8 </a><a href="#x1-320008">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>). - </p><!--l. 2689--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the + </p><!--l. 2701--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, don’t use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperpage</span><a id="dx1-28058"></a> (provided by the <span @@ -6310,7 +6322,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package provides number formats listed in <a href="#x1-280601">table 6.1</a>. - </p><!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" ><a + </p><!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" ><a id="x1-280601"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption"><table class="caption" @@ -6382,7 +6394,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyperemph</span><a class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink </td></tr></table> </div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> - <!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span + <!--l. 2727--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperlink</span><a id="dx1-28071"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span @@ -6410,7 +6422,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperbsf</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 2725--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span + <!--l. 2737--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a id="dx1-28073"></a> key. (See @@ -6429,7 +6441,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf} </div> - <!--l. 2733--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 2745--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">counter</span><a @@ -6476,8 +6488,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">local=true</span>, the change to the <a current scope. The default is <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">local=false</span>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2756--><p class="noindent" >There is also a starred version: -</p><!--l. 2757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" >There is also a starred version: +</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslink*</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28085"></a> <span @@ -6494,13 +6506,13 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2759--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>, except it sets <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyper=false</span>. Similarly, all the following commands described in this section also have a starred version that disables the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2765--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span +</p><!--l. 2777--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>in the <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -6508,9 +6520,9 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>argument of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2770--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2780--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2782--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\gls</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28086"></a> <span @@ -6527,7 +6539,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2773--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2785--><p class="noindent" > is the same as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>, except that the <a id="dx1-28087"></a><a @@ -6555,8 +6567,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>will mark the entry’s <a id="dx1-28095"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> as used. -</p><!--l. 2783--><p class="indent" > There are two uppercase variants: -</p><!--l. 2784--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2795--><p class="indent" > There are two uppercase variants: +</p><!--l. 2796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28096"></a> <span @@ -6573,9 +6585,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2786--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 2788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLS</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28097"></a> <span @@ -6592,10 +6604,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2790--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2802--><p class="noindent" > which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text uppercase, respectively. -</p><!--l. 2794--><p class="indent" > The final optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="indent" > The final optional argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>, allows you to insert some @@ -6607,7 +6619,7 @@ the end of the link text, but this can be changed (see <a href="#x1-290006.1">§6.1 </a><a href="#x1-290006.1">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 2799--><p class="indent" > The first optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 2811--><p class="indent" > The first optional argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the same as the optional @@ -6617,7 +6629,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-28099"></a>, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span +</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>in the <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -6625,9 +6637,9 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>argument of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>and its variants. </div> -</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2808--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms: -</p><!--l. 2809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2818--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2820--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms: +</p><!--l. 2821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28100"></a> <span @@ -6644,8 +6656,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2811--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2823--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2824--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glspl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28101"></a> <span @@ -6662,8 +6674,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2814--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2826--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28102"></a> <span @@ -6680,7 +6692,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2817--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2829--><p class="noindent" > These determine the link text from the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a id="dx1-28103"></a> and <span @@ -6688,7 +6700,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-28104"></a> keys supplied when the entry was first defined. As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2823--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you +</p><!--l. 2835--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-28105"></a> as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and @@ -6702,7 +6714,7 @@ entry: \newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},  <br />description=sample} </div> -<!--l. 2831--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: +<!--l. 2843--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: @@ -6710,7 +6722,7 @@ entry: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74"> $\gls{Falpha}^2$ </div> -<!--l. 2835--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span +<!--l. 2847--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span class="lmmi-10x-x-109">F</span><sub><span class="lmmi-8x-x-103">α</span></sub><sup><span class="rm-lmr-8x-x-103">2</span></sup> instead of <span @@ -6729,9 +6741,9 @@ argument: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75"> $\gls{Falpha}[^2]$ </div> -<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +<!--l. 2853--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2856--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-28106"></a> doesn’t use or affect the <a id="dx1-28107"></a><a @@ -6744,7 +6756,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a href="#x1-290006.1">§6.1 </a><a href="#x1-290006.1">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). Instead, you can use: -</p><!--l. 2847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28110"></a> <span @@ -6761,7 +6773,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">link text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" > This behaves in the same way as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-28111"></a>, except that it uses <span @@ -6784,8 +6796,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay</span><a id="dx1-28115"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a id="dx1-28116"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2856--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28117"></a> <span @@ -6802,7 +6814,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-28118"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -6823,8 +6835,8 @@ or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a id="dx1-28122"></a>. (The same is true for all the following commands described in this section.) -</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glstext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28123"></a> <span @@ -6841,8 +6853,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLStext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28124"></a> <span @@ -6859,11 +6871,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2890--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28125"></a> <span @@ -6880,7 +6892,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2893--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext </span>except that it always uses the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">first</span><a @@ -6892,8 +6904,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link affect the <a id="dx1-28127"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. -</p><!--l. 2887--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2899--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28128"></a> <span @@ -6910,11 +6922,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2890--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28129"></a> <span @@ -6931,11 +6943,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2893--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2897--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2909--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28130"></a> <span @@ -6952,7 +6964,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-28131"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -6963,8 +6975,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 2907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2918--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28133"></a> <span @@ -6981,8 +6993,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2909--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28134"></a> <span @@ -6999,11 +7011,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2916--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2928--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2929--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28135"></a> <span @@ -7021,7 +7033,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-28136"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -7032,8 +7044,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 2925--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 2926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2937--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 2938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28138"></a> <span @@ -7051,8 +7063,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2928--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2929--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2940--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28139"></a> <span @@ -7070,11 +7082,11 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2931--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2943--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2947--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28140"></a> <span @@ -7091,7 +7103,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2938--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2950--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-28141"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -7115,8 +7127,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a commands. -</p><!--l. 2947--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 2948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2959--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 2960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28147"></a> <span @@ -7133,8 +7145,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2950--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2962--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28148"></a> <span @@ -7151,11 +7163,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2953--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2965--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2957--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2969--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28149"></a> <span @@ -7172,7 +7184,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2972--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-28150"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -7193,8 +7205,8 @@ href="#glo:sanitize">sanitization<a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a id="dx1-28155"></a> key and protect fragile commands. -</p><!--l. 2969--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 2970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2981--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 2982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glssymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28156"></a> <span @@ -7211,8 +7223,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2972--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2973--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSsymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28157"></a> <span @@ -7229,11 +7241,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2975--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 2979--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 2980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2991--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 2992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28158"></a> <span @@ -7250,7 +7262,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-28159"></a> except that it always uses the value of the @@ -7271,8 +7283,8 @@ href="#glo:sanitize">sanitization<a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-28164"></a> key and protect fragile commands. -</p><!--l. 2991--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 2992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3003--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28165"></a> <span @@ -7289,8 +7301,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2995--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3006--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28166"></a> <span @@ -7307,14 +7319,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3009--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3001--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28167"></a> <span @@ -7331,7 +7343,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3004--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3016--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-28168"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -7342,8 +7354,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3022--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28170"></a> <span @@ -7360,8 +7372,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3014--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3025--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28171"></a> <span @@ -7378,10 +7390,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3016--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3028--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. Similarly for the other user keys: -</p><!--l. 3019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28172"></a> <span @@ -7398,8 +7410,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3021--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3022--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3033--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28173"></a> <span @@ -7416,8 +7428,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28174"></a> <span @@ -7434,8 +7446,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3027--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28175"></a> <span @@ -7452,8 +7464,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3030--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28176"></a> <span @@ -7470,8 +7482,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3033--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28177"></a> <span @@ -7488,8 +7500,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3036--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28178"></a> <span @@ -7506,8 +7518,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3039--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3052--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28179"></a> <span @@ -7524,8 +7536,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3042--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28180"></a> <span @@ -7542,8 +7554,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28181"></a> <span @@ -7560,11 +7572,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28182"></a> <span @@ -7581,8 +7593,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3052--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28183"></a> <span @@ -7599,8 +7611,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28184"></a> <span @@ -7617,8 +7629,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28185"></a> <span @@ -7635,8 +7647,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3060--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3072--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-28186"></a> <span @@ -7653,11 +7665,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1</span>  <a id="x1-290006.1"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h3> -<!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" >The format of the <a +<!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" >The format of the <a id="dx1-29001"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-29002"></a></a> for <span @@ -7666,7 +7678,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span><a id="dx1-29004"></a> and their uppercase variants is governed by two commands: -</p><!--l. 3070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisplayfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29005"></a> <span @@ -7689,11 +7701,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3072--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" > which is used the <a id="dx1-29006"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> a glossary entry is used in the text and -</p><!--l. 3075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisplay</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29007"></a> <span @@ -7715,7 +7727,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3089--><p class="noindent" > which is used subsequently. Both commands take four arguments: the first is either the singular or plural form given by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a @@ -7750,7 +7762,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay </span>and class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst </span>simply print the first argument immediately followed by the fourth argument. The remaining arguments are ignored. -</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Care needs to be taken when redefining <span +</p><!--l. 3105--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Care needs to be taken when redefining <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst </span>as commands like <span @@ -7774,20 +7786,20 @@ something like:  <br />#1}}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsdisplay}[4]{\textbfit{#1#4}} </div> -<!--l. 3104--><p class="nopar" > See the <span +<!--l. 3116--><p class="nopar" > See the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-29020"></a> documentation for further details on the limitations of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makefirstuc</span><a id="dx1-29021"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3107--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3109--><p class="indent" > If required, you can access the label for the given entry via -</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3121--><p class="indent" > If required, you can access the label for the given entry via +</p><!--l. 3122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslabel</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29022"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3112--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" > so it is possible to use this label in the definition of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay </span>or <span @@ -7796,7 +7808,7 @@ commands described in <a href="#x1-340009">§9 </a><a href="#x1-340009">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>, if required. -</p><!--l. 3118--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst </span>are not used by <span @@ -7805,7 +7817,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span><a id="dx1-29024"></a> instead. -</p><!--l. 3122--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, +</p><!--l. 3134--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a id="dx1-29025"></a> key to store the unit: @@ -7818,7 +7830,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a  <br />description={The length between two points},  <br />symbol={km}} </div> -<!--l. 3128--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3140--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce “distance (km)” on <a id="dx1-29026"></a><a @@ -7832,14 +7844,14 @@ follows: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78"> \renewcommand{\glsdisplayfirst}[4]{#1#4 (#3)} </div> -<!--l. 3134--><p class="nopar" > Note that the additional text is placed after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3146--><p class="nopar" > Note that the additional text is placed after <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">#1</span></span></span>, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{distance}[’s]</span></span></span> will produce “distance’s (km)” rather than “distance (km)’s” which looks a bit odd (even though it may be in the context of “the distance (km) is measured between the two points” — but in this instance it would be better not to use a contraction). -</p><!--l. 3142--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a +</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a id="dx1-29027"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-29028"></a></a> will be formatted according to @@ -7854,10 +7866,10 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstextformat</span><a \renewcommand{\glstextformat}[1]{\textbf{#1}}  <br />\renewcommand{\glsdisplayfirst}[4]{#1#4 (#3)} </div> -<!--l. 3147--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3159--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce “<span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">distance (km)</span>”. -</p><!--l. 3150--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple glossaries, changing <span +</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple glossaries, changing <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay </span>will change the way entries for all of the glossaries appear @@ -7870,7 +7882,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span><a id="dx1-29032"></a>. If you only want the change to affect entries for a given glossary, then you need to use -</p><!--l. 3156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\defglsdisplay</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29033"></a> <span @@ -7883,9 +7895,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3158--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3170--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\defglsdisplayfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-29034"></a> <span @@ -7899,11 +7911,11 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" > instead of redefining <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span>. -</p><!--l. 3165--><p class="indent" > Both <span +</p><!--l. 3177--><p class="indent" > Both <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsdisplay </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsdisplayfirst </span>take two arguments: the first (which is optional) is the glossary’s @@ -7917,7 +7929,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span>, their uppercase variants and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span>. This is similar to the way <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst </span>was redefined above. -</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have created a new glossary called <span +</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you have created a new glossary called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">notation</span> and you want to change the way the entry is displayed on <a id="dx1-29036"></a><a @@ -7930,7 +7942,7 @@ it includes the symbol, you can do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80"> \defglsdisplayfirst[notation]{#1#4 (denoted #3)} </div> -<!--l. 3179--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: +<!--l. 3191--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: @@ -7942,14 +7954,14 @@ it includes the symbol, you can do:  <br />  symbol={$S$}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3187--><p class="nopar" > The <a +<!--l. 3199--><p class="nopar" > The <a id="dx1-29037"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: “set (denoted <span class="lmmi-10x-x-109">S</span>)” (assuming <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-29038"></a> was used). -</p><!--l. 3191--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span +</p><!--l. 3203--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a id="dx1-29039"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that displays the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it. In addition, @@ -7962,12 +7974,12 @@ will have to disable the <a href="#glo:sanitize">sanitization<a id="dx1-29043"></a></a> of these keys and protect fragile commands. -</p><!--l. 3198--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3198--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2</span>  <a id="x1-300006.2"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h3> -<!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span +<!--l. 3213--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-30001"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">html</span><a @@ -7984,19 +7996,19 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyper</span><a id="dx1-30005"></a> option has been set to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">false</span>. You can disable or enable links using: -</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30006"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3208--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3220--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsenablehyper</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-30007"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3212--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" > respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a group. Note that you should only use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands @@ -8008,7 +8020,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hypertarget</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-30010"></a> package). -</p><!--l. 3218--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a +</p><!--l. 3230--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a id="dx1-30011"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <span @@ -8030,12 +8042,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a </p> -<!--l. 3224--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3236--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">7</span>  <a id="x1-310007"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2> It is possible to add a line in the glossary file without generating any text at that point in the document using: -<!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsadd</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31001"></a> <span @@ -8048,7 +8060,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3231--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="noindent" > This is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-31002"></a>, only it doesn’t produce any text (so therefore, @@ -8074,9 +8086,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">set</span>:  <br />Lots of text about sets spanning many pages.  <br />\glsadd[format=)]{set} </div> -<!--l. 3242--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3244--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: -</p><!--l. 3245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3254--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3256--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: +</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31005"></a> <span @@ -8085,7 +8097,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3247--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3259--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument is the same as for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a key <span @@ -8105,8 +8117,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">notation</span>) then you can do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}] </div> -<!--l. 3258--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3260--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 3270--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3272--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the number list. In the case of <span @@ -8119,8 +8131,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a sections <a href="#x1-150002.3">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and <a href="#x1-270005">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3269--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +</p><!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3281--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a href="#x1-40001.1"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd </span>to allow for an @@ -8136,7 +8148,7 @@ package option: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 3275--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual +<!--l. 3287--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: @@ -8152,8 +8164,8 @@ entries:  <br />  \newacronym{#2}{#3\protect\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3287--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: -</p><!--l. 3290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +<!--l. 3299--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: +</p><!--l. 3302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newdualentry</span><a id="dx1-31010"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">[</span><span @@ -8178,7 +8190,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">description</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3291--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3303--><p class="noindent" > You can then define a new dual entry: @@ -8190,7 +8202,7 @@ You can then define a new dual entry:  <br />  {support vector machine}% long form  <br />  {Statistical pattern recognition technique}% description </div> -<!--l. 3298--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3310--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in the main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>. @@ -8200,7 +8212,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>. </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">8</span>  <a id="x1-320008"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2> -<!--l. 3305--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +<!--l. 3317--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-32001"></a> <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span>defining any cross-referenced @@ -8208,8 +8220,8 @@ entries. If any of the terms that you have cross-referenced don’t appear i the glossary, check that you have put <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>before all entry definitions. </div> -</p><!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: +</p><!--l. 3322--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3324--><p class="noindent" >There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-32003x1">You can use commands such as <span @@ -8223,7 +8235,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a \newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,  <br />description={firm, round fruit. See also \gls{pear}}} </div> - <!--l. 3321--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced + <!--l. 3333--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part of the document, you will need two runs of <a id="dx1-32005"></a><a @@ -8241,8 +8253,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a  <br />makeglossaries filename  <br />latex filename </div> - <!--l. 3331--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 3333--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you switch off the description <a + <!--l. 3343--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 3345--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you switch off the description <a id="dx1-32007"></a><a href="#glo:sanitize">sanitization<a id="dx1-32008"></a></a>, you must protect fragile @@ -8258,8 +8270,8 @@ href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a  <br />description={firm, round fruit. See also  <br />\protect\gls{pear}}} </div> - <!--l. 3341--><p class="nopar" > </div> - </p><!--l. 3342--><p class="noindent" > + <!--l. 3353--><p class="nopar" > </div> + </p><!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-32012x2">As described in <a @@ -8277,7 +8289,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see={TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 3351--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span + <!--l. 3363--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a id="dx1-32014"></a> key will automatically be added to the glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won’t. You @@ -8289,7 +8301,7 @@ href="#x1-280006">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> href="#x1-310007">§7 </a><a href="#x1-310007">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>. - </p><!--l. 3358--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span + </p><!--l. 3370--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\seename</span><a id="dx1-32015"></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances using square brackets at the start of the <span @@ -8306,11 +8318,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see=[see also]{TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 3366--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3378--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-32018x3">After you have defined the entry, use - <!--l. 3369--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 3381--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssee</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32019"></a> <span @@ -8327,7 +8339,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr label list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 3371--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3383--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr label list</span><span @@ -8353,7 +8365,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\seename</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92"> \glssee[see also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem} </div> - <!--l. 3379--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by <span + <!--l. 3391--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>to the @@ -8363,7 +8375,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr</span> <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>) to the glossary.</p></li></ol> -<!--l. 3385--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information +<!--l. 3397--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a id="dx1-32021"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -8392,7 +8404,7 @@ automatically activate the <a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">seeautonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-32032"></a> package option. -</p><!--l. 3397--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +</p><!--l. 3409--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-32033"></a> <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span>the entry definitions containing @@ -8402,17 +8414,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span><a id="dx1-32035"></a> or the entry won’t be automatically added to the glossary. </div> -</p><!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3414--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1</span>  <a id="x1-330008.1"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3> -<!--l. 3407--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span +<!--l. 3419--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a id="dx1-33001"></a> key or the command <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing information will be typeset in the glossary according to: -</p><!--l. 3410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33002"></a> <span @@ -8430,7 +8442,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3412--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3424--><p class="noindent" > The default definition of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -8460,31 +8472,31 @@ href="#fn3x10" id="fn3x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a \renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}  <br /> \glsseelist{#2}} </div> -<!--l. 3428--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3431--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span +<!--l. 3440--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3443--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through the list and typesets each entry in the label. The entries are separated by -</p><!--l. 3434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseesep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33009"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseesep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" > or (for the last pair) -</p><!--l. 3438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseelastsep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33010"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3440--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3452--><p class="noindent" > These default to “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">,\space</span></span></span>” and “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space\andname</span><a id="dx1-33011"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space</span>” respectively. The list entry text is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 3444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-33012"></a> <span @@ -8493,7 +8505,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3446--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3458--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a @@ -8514,8 +8526,8 @@ For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps: \renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%  <br />  \textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 3454--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span +<!--l. 3466--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3468--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseeformat</span><a id="dx1-33018"></a> and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelist</span><a @@ -8532,13 +8544,13 @@ Some information (see also  <br />\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%  <br />\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}). </div> -<!--l. 3465--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3466--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3477--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3468--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3480--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">9</span>  <a id="x1-340009"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h2> The commands described in this section display entry details @@ -8552,7 +8564,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and, apart from <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshyperlink</span><a id="dx1-34003"></a>, they don’t produce hyperlinks. -<!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34004"></a> <span @@ -8561,8 +8573,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3490--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34005"></a> <span @@ -8571,7 +8583,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3481--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -8581,7 +8593,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a id="dx1-34006"></a> key. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentryname </span>makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34007"></a> <span @@ -8590,8 +8602,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3487--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3499--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34008"></a> <span @@ -8600,7 +8612,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3490--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3502--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -8610,7 +8622,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a id="dx1-34009"></a> key. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentrytext </span>makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34010"></a> <span @@ -8619,8 +8631,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3496--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3508--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34011"></a> <span @@ -8629,7 +8641,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3499--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3511--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -8639,7 +8651,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a id="dx1-34012"></a> key. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentryplural</span> makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34013"></a> <span @@ -8648,8 +8660,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3506--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3518--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34014"></a> <span @@ -8658,7 +8670,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3521--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the <a id="dx1-34015"></a><a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by @@ -8670,7 +8682,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">first</span><a id="dx1-34016"></a> key. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentryfirst </span>makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34017"></a> <span @@ -8679,8 +8691,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3515--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34018"></a> <span @@ -8692,7 +8704,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3518--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3530--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural form of the <a id="dx1-34019"></a><a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the @@ -8704,7 +8716,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-34020"></a> key. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentryfirstplural </span>makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3535--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34021"></a> <span @@ -8713,8 +8725,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34022"></a> <span @@ -8723,14 +8735,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3528--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3540--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentrydesc </span>makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34023"></a> <span @@ -8739,8 +8751,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3533--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3545--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34024"></a> <span @@ -8749,7 +8761,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3536--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -8757,7 +8769,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentrydescplural </span>makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34025"></a> <span @@ -8766,8 +8778,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3542--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3554--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34026"></a> <span @@ -8776,14 +8788,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3545--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3557--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentrysymbol </span>makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34027"></a> <span @@ -8792,8 +8804,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34028"></a> <span @@ -8802,7 +8814,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3553--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -8810,7 +8822,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentrysymbolplural </span>makes the first letter uppercase. -</p><!--l. 3557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34029"></a> <span @@ -8819,8 +8831,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3559--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34030"></a> <span @@ -8829,8 +8841,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34031"></a> <span @@ -8839,11 +8851,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34032"></a> <span @@ -8852,8 +8864,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34033"></a> <span @@ -8862,8 +8874,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34034"></a> <span @@ -8872,8 +8884,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3586--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34035"></a> <span @@ -8882,8 +8894,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3589--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34036"></a> <span @@ -8892,8 +8904,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3592--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3593--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34037"></a> <span @@ -8902,8 +8914,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3595--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34038"></a> <span @@ -8912,8 +8924,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3586--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3598--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3599--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34039"></a> <span @@ -8922,8 +8934,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3589--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3602--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34040"></a> <span @@ -8932,13 +8944,13 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3592--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3604--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 3595--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34041"></a> <span @@ -8951,7 +8963,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="noindent" > This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -8971,7 +8983,7 @@ default<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x11" id="fn1x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-34043f1"></a>, but can be overridden using the optional argument. -</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been added to the glossary using any of the commands described in <a href="#x1-280006">§6 @@ -8981,15 +8993,15 @@ href="#x1-310007">§7 </a><a href="#x1-310007">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise you will end up with an undefined link. </div> -</p><!--l. 3610--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with the <span +</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">savenumberlist</span><a id="dx1-34048"></a> package option: -</p><!--l. 3614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34049"></a> <span @@ -8998,8 +9010,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3616--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34050"></a> <span @@ -9008,7 +9020,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3619--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3631--><p class="noindent" > Both display the <a id="dx1-34051"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -9035,23 +9047,23 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The second command, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using: -</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34059"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" > as the separator between all but the last two elements and -</p><!--l. 3630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-34060"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3632--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" > between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">,␣</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">␣\&␣</span></span></span>, respectively. -</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 3648--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It only works when the default counter format is used (that is, when the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a @@ -9063,8 +9075,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a try using it with that package, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 3642--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without +</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information to the glossary” in the documented code (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). @@ -9074,13 +9086,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">10</span>  <a id="x1-3500010"></a>Displaying a glossary</h2> -<!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" >The command -</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3663--><p class="noindent" >The command +</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-35001"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3666--><p class="noindent" > will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined. Note that no glossaries will appear until you have either used the Perl script <a @@ -9112,8 +9124,8 @@ also need to use the command <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-35012"></a> in the preamble to enable the glossaries. -</p><!--l. 3665--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: -</p><!--l. 3666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3677--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: +</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\printglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-35013"></a> <span @@ -9122,7 +9134,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3668--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span @@ -9147,7 +9159,7 @@ class="description">The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96"> \printglossary[type=\acronymtype] </div> - <!--l. 3677--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3689--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">title</span><a @@ -9202,7 +9214,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=true</span></span></span>) class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span></span></span>) the numberlist is displayed for this glossary. If no value is supplied, true is assumed. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3707--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span +<!--l. 3719--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\chapter*</span><a id="dx1-35026"></a> or by <span @@ -9233,14 +9245,14 @@ Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. -</p><!--l. 3718--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and +</p><!--l. 3730--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main body of the glossary) by redefining -</p><!--l. 3720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-35034"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -9250,7 +9262,7 @@ For example: \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 3727--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed using +<!--l. 3739--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span>. Note that if you want a different @@ -9270,7 +9282,7 @@ each glossary. For example:  <br />\renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{}  <br />\printglossary[type=acronym] </div> -<!--l. 3740--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can do something like: +<!--l. 3752--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can do something like: @@ -9280,19 +9292,19 @@ each glossary. For example:  <br />indicate primary definitions.\gdef\glossarypreamble{}}  <br />\printglossaries </div> -<!--l. 3746--><p class="nopar" > which will print the preamble text for the first glossary and change the +<!--l. 3758--><p class="nopar" > which will print the preamble text for the first glossary and change the preamble to do nothing for subsequent glossaries. (Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gdef </span>is required as the glossary is placed within a group.) -</p><!--l. 3752--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command called -</p><!--l. 3753--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command called +</p><!--l. 3765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-35035"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3755--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" > which is placed at the end of each glossary. -</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="indent" > For example: suppose you are using the <span +</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="indent" > For example: suppose you are using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">superheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-35036"></a> style<span class="footnote-mark"><a @@ -9312,10 +9324,10 @@ want to switch back to one column mode, you could do:  <br />}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn} </div> -<!--l. 3772--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according +<!--l. 3784--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3786--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 3775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-35041"></a> <span @@ -9324,7 +9336,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3777--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" > which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of the glossary style. By default, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnamefont </span>simply @@ -9345,7 +9357,7 @@ styles (defined in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-35045"></a> style file) also set the name in bold. -</p><!--l. 3790--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium +</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps, then you can do: @@ -9354,14 +9366,14 @@ weight small caps, then you can do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101"> \renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries #1}} </div> -<!--l. 3794--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 3806--><p class="nopar" > </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">11</span>  <a id="x1-3600011"></a>Xindy</h2> -<!--l. 3800--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a +<!--l. 3812--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a id="dx1-36001"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -9376,12 +9388,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 3804--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <a +<!--l. 3816--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <a id="dx1-36004"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-36005"></a> syntax. -</p><!--l. 3808--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="indent" > <a href="#x1-70001.3">§1.3 </a><a href="#x1-70001.3">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external <a @@ -9396,35 +9408,35 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-36009"></a>) and parameters. -</p><!--l. 3813--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a +</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a id="dx1-36010"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-36011"></a></a> style file, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> package provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsopenbrace</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-36012"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsclosebrace</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-36013"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3821--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3833--><p class="noindent" > which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\{</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\}</span></span></span> don’t expand to a simple brace character when written to a file.) -</p><!--l. 3826--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote +</p><!--l. 3838--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g. <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">ngerman</span><a id="dx1-36014"></a>) you can use: -</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsquote</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-36015"></a> <span @@ -9433,7 +9445,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3842--><p class="noindent" > which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">"</span></span></span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -9445,7 +9457,7 @@ the double-quote character. This document assumes that the double quote character has not been made active, so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">"</span></span></span> for clarity. -</p><!--l. 3836--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a +</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a id="dx1-36016"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -9472,7 +9484,7 @@ documentation. </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1</span>  <a id="x1-3700011.1"></a>Language and Encodings</h3> -<!--l. 3847--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a +<!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a id="dx1-37001"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -9499,7 +9511,7 @@ it gets it wrong or if <a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-37009"></a> doesn’t support that language, then you can specify the language using: -</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37010"></a> <span @@ -9513,7 +9525,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">language</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3858--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3870--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">language</span><span @@ -9530,14 +9542,14 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary</span> <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 3878--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-37011"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the value of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\inputencodingname</span><a id="dx1-37012"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using: -</p><!--l. 3869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37013"></a> <span @@ -9546,7 +9558,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3871--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3883--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span @@ -9558,8 +9570,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the name of the encoding. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> \GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8} </div> -<!--l. 3875--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3877--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the +<!--l. 3887--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy={language=</span></span></span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -9578,8 +9590,8 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104"> \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 3883--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a +<!--l. 3895--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a id="dx1-37014"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -9592,11 +9604,11 @@ settings, you need to set the language to nothing: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105"> \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} </div> -<!--l. 3890--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span +<!--l. 3902--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-37016"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten). -</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span +</p><!--l. 3906--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have no effect if you don’t use <a @@ -9615,13 +9627,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a using the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-L </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-C </span>switches. </div> -</p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3903--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3903--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2</span>  <a id="x1-3800011.2"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3> -<!--l. 3906--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span +<!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-38001"></a>, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you @@ -9652,7 +9664,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-38010"></a> using: -</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38011"></a> <span @@ -9661,12 +9673,12 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3916--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3928--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is a comma-separated list of counter names. -</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span +</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a id="dx1-38012"></a> key (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">textrm</span><a @@ -9679,7 +9691,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-38016"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, you need to add it using: -</p><!--l. 3923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38017"></a> <span @@ -9688,7 +9700,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3925--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -9704,7 +9716,7 @@ define a command that will do this: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106"> \newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 3932--><p class="nopar" > but with <a +<!--l. 3944--><p class="nopar" > but with <a id="dx1-38019"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -9716,8 +9728,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} </div> -<!--l. 3937--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3939--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 3949--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-38021"></a> is used or if @@ -9731,11 +9743,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3945--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3947--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers don’t get expanded to a simple Arabic or Roman +</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers don’t get expanded to a simple Arabic or Roman number or a letter from a, …, z or A, …, Z, then you need to add a location style in the appropriate format using -</p><!--l. 3950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38024"></a> <span @@ -9753,7 +9765,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3952--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -9778,7 +9790,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\the</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 3958--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-38027"></a> is used or if @@ -9789,8 +9801,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-38029"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3962--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3964--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering +</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections that redefines <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thesection </span>as follows: @@ -9800,7 +9812,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thesection </span>as follows: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108"> \renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}} </div> -<!--l. 3968--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3980--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the counter will be used as a location number: @@ -9810,7 +9822,7 @@ specify that the counter will be used as a location number: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109"> \GlsAddXdyCounters{section} </div> -<!--l. 3974--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span +<!--l. 3986--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the standard <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>): @@ -9823,7 +9835,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):  <br />  "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3981--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span +<!--l. 3993--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-38030"></a> package and want to redefine <span @@ -9836,7 +9848,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\theHsection </span>as: \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}  <br />\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}} </div> -<!--l. 3987--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span +<!--l. 3999--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to: @@ -9847,7 +9859,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3993--><p class="nopar" > Since <span +<!--l. 4005--><p class="nopar" > Since <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Roman</span><a id="dx1-38031"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to add an extra location to catch this: @@ -9860,11 +9872,11 @@ good idea to add an extra location to catch this:  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4000--><p class="nopar" > The above example is illustrated in the accompanying sample file +<!--l. 4012--><p class="nopar" > The above example is illustrated in the accompanying sample file <a href="#x1-40001.1"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 4004--><p class="indent" > Another example: suppose you want the page numbers written as words +</p><!--l. 4016--><p class="indent" > Another example: suppose you want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">fmtcount</span><a id="dx1-38032"></a> package to do this. You can @@ -9878,7 +9890,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thepage</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}} </div> -<!--l. 4009--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4021--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\protect</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109"> \Numberstringnum</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109"> </span></span></span><span @@ -9901,7 +9913,7 @@ location that has that form:  <br />  \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} </div> -<!--l. 4017--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span +<!--l. 4029--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear in the format, since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>, <a @@ -9910,7 +9922,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-38035"></a></a> doesn’t ignore spaces after control sequences. -</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="indent" > <span +</p><!--l. 4034--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -9920,7 +9932,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span>will define commands -</p><!--l. 4024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsX</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span @@ -9938,7 +9950,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4025--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="noindent" > for each counter that has been identified either by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a id="dx1-38036"></a> package @@ -9951,7 +9963,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossary</span><a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a id="dx1-38038"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4030--><p class="indent" > The first argument <span +</p><!--l. 4042--><p class="indent" > The first argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">Hprefix</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is only relevant when used with the @@ -10010,8 +10022,8 @@ commands:  <br />}  <br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} </div> -<!--l. 4051--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4053--><p class="indent" > In the <a +<!--l. 4063--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4065--><p class="indent" > In the <a id="dx1-38044"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-38045"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to @@ -10040,17 +10052,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><a order in which they were defined), <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">see </span>(cross-referenced entries). This ordering can be changed using: -</p><!--l. 4069--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4081--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38051"></a> -</p><!--l. 4071--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 4083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location names</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" > where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white space. For example: @@ -10069,8 +10081,8 @@ separated by white space. For example:  <br />  "see"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4086--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4088--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 4098--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4100--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Note that <span @@ -10101,8 +10113,8 @@ before class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-38054"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4095--><p class="indent" > If a <a +</p><!--l. 4105--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4107--><p class="indent" > If a <a id="dx1-38055"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-38056"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the @@ -10112,7 +10124,7 @@ range will be concatenated. The number of consecutive locations that causes a range formation defaults to 2, but can be changed using: -</p><!--l. 4099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38057"></a> <span @@ -10122,7 +10134,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">n</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4113--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -10131,7 +10143,7 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3} </div> -<!--l. 4105--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span +<!--l. 4117--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">none</span>, to indicate that there should be no range formations. See the <a id="dx1-38058"></a><a @@ -10139,7 +10151,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-38059"></a></a> manual for further details on range formations. -</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 4122--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>has no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-38060"></a> is used @@ -10150,16 +10162,16 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-38062"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4115--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4117--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4129--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#x1-270005">§5 </a><a href="#x1-270005">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 4120--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4120--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4132--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3</span>  <a id="x1-3900011.3"></a>Glossary Groups</h3> -<!--l. 4123--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of +<!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package also adds a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the <span @@ -10173,23 +10185,23 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 4129--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group +<!--l. 4141--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the default group. -</p><!--l. 4133--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before +</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” letter group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can change this using: -</p><!--l. 4137--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4149--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39002"></a> -</p><!--l. 4139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">letter</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4140--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4142--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 4152--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4154--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Note that <span @@ -10220,16 +10232,16 @@ before class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-39005"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4150--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4162--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">12</span>  <a id="x1-4000012"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2> A new glossary can be defined using: -<!--l. 4154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40001"></a> <span @@ -10260,7 +10272,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -10302,7 +10314,7 @@ href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-40009"></a></a> which picks up the information from the auxiliary file). -</p><!--l. 4168--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created +</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as: @@ -10311,7 +10323,7 @@ as: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> \newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname} </div> -<!--l. 4171--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 4183--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main </span>(unless the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nomain</span><a id="dx1-40010"></a> package @@ -10326,7 +10338,7 @@ to: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> -<!--l. 4177--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 4189--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a @@ -10346,11 +10358,11 @@ need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronymlists</span><a id="dx1-40015"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4188--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries must be defined before <span +</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries must be defined before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-40016"></a> to ensure that the relevant output files are opened. -</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="indent" > See <a +</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="indent" > See <a href="#x1-60001.2.1">§1.2.1 </a><a href="#x1-60001.2.1">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine <span @@ -10359,14 +10371,14 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a id="dx1-40017"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a id="dx1-40018"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4194--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">13</span>  <a id="x1-4100013"></a>Acronyms</h2> -<!--l. 4200--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed in <a +<!--l. 4212--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed in <a href="#x1-190004">§4 </a><a href="#x1-190004">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you specify a new entry, you can specify alternate text to use when the @@ -10376,7 +10388,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first used</a> in the document. This provides a useful mean define acronyms. For convenience, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package defines the command: -</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\newacronym</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41002"></a> <span @@ -10398,8 +10410,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="indent" > This uses <span +</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="indent" > This uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-41003"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the glossary given by <span @@ -10418,7 +10430,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defdisplay</span><a href="#x1-290006.1">§6.1 </a><a href="#x1-290006.1">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 4216--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 4228--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span @@ -10449,12 +10461,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">longplural</span><a \newacronym[longplural={diagonal matrices}]{dm}{DM}{diagonal  <br />matrix} </div> -<!--l. 4225--><p class="nopar" > If the <a +<!--l. 4237--><p class="nopar" > If the <a id="dx1-41013"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal matrices (DMs). -</p><!--l. 4230--><p class="indent" > The following package options are available to change the acronym +</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="indent" > The following package options are available to change the acronym style: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span @@ -10494,7 +10506,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> \let\acrfootnote\acrnolinkfootnote </div> - <!--l. 4247--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4259--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a @@ -10548,22 +10560,22 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4268--><p class="indent" > If you want to define your own custom acronym style, see <a +<!--l. 4280--><p class="indent" > If you want to define your own custom acronym style, see <a href="#x1-4400013.3">§13.3 </a><a href="#x1-4400013.3">Defining A Custom Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customacronym --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you try using <span +</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you try using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-41031"></a> for entries in a designated list of acronyms in combination with any of the above named package options you are likely to get unexpected results such as empty brackets or empty footnotes. -</p><!--l. 4277--><p class="indent" > If you don’t intend to use <span +</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" > If you don’t intend to use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-41032"></a> you should skip this section] and not use the above package options. </div> -</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a +</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4293--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a href="#x1-140002.2">§2.2 </a><a href="#x1-140002.2">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>, the command <span @@ -10589,7 +10601,7 @@ acronyms. -</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Since <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span> @@ -10661,8 +10673,8 @@ From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > Since <span +</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > Since <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-41040"></a> uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a @@ -10672,7 +10684,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-41042"></a> and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsreset</span><a id="dx1-41043"></a> as with any other glossary entry. -</p><!--l. 4304--><p class="indent" > For example, the following defines the acronym IDN: +</p><!--l. 4316--><p class="indent" > For example, the following defines the acronym IDN: @@ -10680,7 +10692,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsreset</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124"> \newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 4307--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4319--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (IDN)” on <a id="dx1-41044"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and @@ -10696,14 +10708,14 @@ form: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> \newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 4314--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4326--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (<span class="ec-lmcsc-10x-x-109">idn</span>)” on <a id="dx1-41046"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and “<span class="ec-lmcsc-10x-x-109">IDN</span>” on subsequent uses. -</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="indent" > If you use any of the package options <span +</p><!--l. 4331--><p class="indent" > If you use any of the package options <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-41047"></a>, <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a @@ -10717,7 +10729,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>will be displayed in the document using: -</p><!--l. 4322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41051"></a> <span @@ -10726,9 +10738,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41052"></a> <span @@ -10737,7 +10749,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4328--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\firstacronymfont </span>is applied on <a id="dx1-41053"></a><a @@ -10777,13 +10789,13 @@ emphasized on subsequent use, do:  <br />\renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{#1}  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\emph{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 4345--><p class="nopar" > (Note that it is for this reason that the <span +<!--l. 4357--><p class="nopar" > (Note that it is for this reason that the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">relsize</span><a id="dx1-41060"></a> package is not automatically loaded when selecting the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a id="dx1-41061"></a> package option.) -</p><!--l. 4350--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to <span +</p><!--l. 4362--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-41062"></a> (described in <a href="#x1-280006">§6 </a><a @@ -10796,7 +10808,7 @@ full form isn’t necessarily the same as the text produced on <a id="dx1-41064"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.) -</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41065"></a> <span @@ -10813,7 +10825,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4358--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="noindent" > This displays the short form for the entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -10823,7 +10835,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-41066"></a>. There is also a starred version to suppress the hyperlink. There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41067"></a> <span @@ -10840,8 +10852,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41068"></a> <span @@ -10858,8 +10870,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4380--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrlong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41069"></a> <span @@ -10876,14 +10888,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="noindent" > This displays the long form for the entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. The optional arguments are the same as before. There is also a starred version to suppress the hyperlink. There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrlong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41070"></a> <span @@ -10900,8 +10912,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRlong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41071"></a> <span @@ -10918,8 +10930,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4394--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41072"></a> <span @@ -10936,7 +10948,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="noindent" > This is equivalent to: <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a @@ -10961,7 +10973,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">short</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>) regardless of the package options. There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 4392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41077"></a> <span @@ -10981,8 +10993,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4394--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4406--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41078"></a> <span @@ -10999,8 +11011,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4397--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use +</p><!--l. 4409--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortcuts</span><a id="dx1-41079"></a> package option to activate the shorter command names listed @@ -11009,7 +11021,7 @@ href="#x1-410801">table 13.1</a>. -</p><!--l. 4403--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 4415--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-410801"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -11163,7 +11175,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glspl</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 4429--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without +<!--l. 4441--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the glossary using commands analogous to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a @@ -11171,8 +11183,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a href="#x1-340009">§9 </a><a href="#x1-340009">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). -</p><!--l. 4433--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: -</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: +</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41115"></a> <span @@ -11181,9 +11193,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4448--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41116"></a> <span @@ -11192,9 +11204,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4452--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 4442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41117"></a> <span @@ -11203,8 +11215,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41118"></a> <span @@ -11213,9 +11225,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4449--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: -</p><!--l. 4450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: +</p><!--l. 4462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41119"></a> <span @@ -11224,9 +11236,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4452--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4464--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41120"></a> <span @@ -11235,9 +11247,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 4458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4470--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41121"></a> <span @@ -11246,8 +11258,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4460--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4472--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41122"></a> <span @@ -11256,15 +11268,15 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4463--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="indent" > And the full form, <span +</p><!--l. 4475--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4477--><p class="indent" > And the full form, <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>(<span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">short</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>), can be obtained using: -</p><!--l. 4467--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41123"></a> <span @@ -11273,8 +11285,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4470--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4481--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41124"></a> <span @@ -11283,8 +11295,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4472--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4484--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41125"></a> <span @@ -11293,8 +11305,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4475--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4487--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41126"></a> <span @@ -11303,14 +11315,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4478--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1</span>  <a id="x1-4200013.1"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h3> -<!--l. 4483--><p class="noindent" >Some of the acronym-related package options may be combined. Listed +<!--l. 4495--><p class="noindent" >Some of the acronym-related package options may be combined. Listed below are the effects of different combinations. If you use an invalid combination, you’ll get an error message. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -11425,7 +11437,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> - <!--l. 4523--><p class="noindent" >Note that with this option, you need to specify the description using + <!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" >Note that with this option, you need to specify the description using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-42017"></a> key in the optional argument of <span @@ -11466,7 +11478,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> Acronyms will be sorted according to the short form. - <!--l. 4538--><p class="noindent" >Note that on <a + <!--l. 4550--><p class="noindent" >Note that on <a id="dx1-42021"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, it is the long form in the footnote that links to the relevant glossary entry (where hyperlinks are enabled), whereas @@ -11479,7 +11491,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, it is the long form in the footnote that lin <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> \let\acrfootnote\acrnolinkfootnote </div> - <!--l. 4544--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4556--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a @@ -11521,7 +11533,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-42027"></a> is set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc{#1}</span></span></span>. - <!--l. 4558--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the acronym is displayed using <span + <!--l. 4570--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the acronym is displayed using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-42028"></a>, the short form, <span @@ -11529,7 +11541,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>, should be specified in lower case. </div> - </p><!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a @@ -11577,7 +11589,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller{#1}</span></span></span>.<span class="foo href="#fn1x15" id="fn1x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-42036f1"></a> The entries will be sorted according to the short form. - <!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to load a package that defines <span + <!--l. 4593--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to load a package that defines <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-42040"></a> (such as <span @@ -11587,7 +11599,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">relsize</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-42042"></a> to use some other formatting command. </div> - </p><!--l. 4585--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4597--><p class="noindent" > @@ -11629,12 +11641,12 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> Entries will be sorted according to the short form.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 4601--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4601--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2</span>  <a id="x1-4300013.2"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3> -<!--l. 4604--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be +<!--l. 4616--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-43001"></a><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -11651,7 +11663,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-43004"></a> and <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a id="dx1-43005"></a> keys. -</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 4625--><p class="indent" > <a href="#x1-430132">Table 13.2</a> lists the package options that govern the acronym styles and how the information is stored in the keys used when displaying the glossary. Note that the <span @@ -11660,7 +11672,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a command in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a id="dx1-43007"></a>: -</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrnameformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43008"></a> <span @@ -11673,14 +11685,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4619--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to just <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" > For example, if I use the package options <span +</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="indent" > For example, if I use the package options <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-43009"></a> and <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">footnote</span><a @@ -11715,7 +11727,7 @@ own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further detai -</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 4646--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-430132"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -11728,7 +11740,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym </span>and how the information is stored</td></tr></table></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-430132 --> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4650--><p class="noindent" > </p> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-7" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" @@ -11902,20 +11914,20 @@ class="td11"> </td></tr></table> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 4679--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3</span>  <a id="x1-4400013.3"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h3> -<!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the +<!--l. 4694--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package don’t suit your requirements. In this case you can define your own style. This is done by redefining the following commands: -</p><!--l. 4686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\CustomAcronymFields</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44001"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="noindent" > This command sets up the keys for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-44002"></a> when you @@ -11949,7 +11961,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-44013"></a> keys depending on your requirements. -</p><!--l. 4699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44014"></a> <span @@ -11958,7 +11970,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" > This is used to set up the display style for the glossary given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -11969,21 +11981,21 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsdisplayfirst</span><a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsdisplay</span><a id="dx1-44016"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="indent" > Once you have redefined <span +</p><!--l. 4718--><p class="indent" > Once you have redefined <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span>, you must then switch to this style using -</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\SetCustomStyle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44017"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomStyle </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4710--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4722--><p class="noindent" > Note that you may still use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortcuts</span><a id="dx1-44018"></a> package option with your custom style. -</p><!--l. 4714--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you omit <span +</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you omit <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomStyle</span>, or use it before you redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span>and <span @@ -11995,8 +12007,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a not <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-44020"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4722--><p class="indent" > As an example, suppose I want my acronym on <a +</p><!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4734--><p class="indent" > As an example, suppose I want my acronym on <a id="dx1-44021"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form in the text and the long form with the description in a footnote. @@ -12053,7 +12065,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">description</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="indent" > First, I need to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 4755--><p class="indent" > First, I need to redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields</span><a id="dx1-44026"></a> so that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a @@ -12086,8 +12098,8 @@ appear in the list of acronyms.  <br />  plural={\textsc{\the\glsshorttok}\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4758--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4760--><p class="indent" > When using <span +<!--l. 4770--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4772--><p class="indent" > When using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-44034"></a>, the short and long forms are stored in the <span @@ -12151,8 +12163,8 @@ the inserted text.  <br />  \defglsdisplay[#1]{##1##4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4783--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4785--><p class="indent" > Since we have a definition inside a definition, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4795--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4797--><p class="indent" > Since we have a definition inside a definition, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">#1</span></span></span> refers to the argument of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a @@ -12164,7 +12176,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a id="dx1-44054"></a> and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay</span><a id="dx1-44055"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4790--><p class="indent" > Now that I’ve redefined <span +</p><!--l. 4802--><p class="indent" > Now that I’ve redefined <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields</span><a id="dx1-44056"></a> and <span @@ -12177,7 +12189,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130"> \SetCustomStyle </div> -<!--l. 4794--><p class="nopar" > and now I can define my acronyms: +<!--l. 4806--><p class="nopar" > and now I can define my acronyms: @@ -12190,8 +12202,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a  <br />layout of a document written in a markup language}]{css}  <br />{css}{Cascading Style Sheet} </div> -<!--l. 4804--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4806--><p class="indent" > Note that since I’ve used the description in the main body of the text, I +<!--l. 4816--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4818--><p class="indent" > Note that since I’ve used the description in the main body of the text, I need to switch off the sanitization otherwise any commands within the description won’t get interpreted. Also I want to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a @@ -12219,18 +12231,18 @@ have:  <br />                   % will be used in the main text  <br /> ]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 4824--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4826--><p class="indent" > Note that I haven’t used the <span +<!--l. 4836--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="indent" > Note that I haven’t used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-44061"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">footnote</span><a id="dx1-44062"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4</span>  <a id="x1-4500013.4"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3> -<!--l. 4832--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span +<!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a id="dx1-45001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new acronyms has changed with the replacement <span @@ -12246,13 +12258,13 @@ when defining the acronym <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">acr-name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span +</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> package<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x15" id="fn2x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-45003f2"></a> provides the command: -</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45004"></a> <span @@ -12274,7 +12286,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4843--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4855--><p class="noindent" > This uses the same syntax as the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a id="dx1-45005"></a> package’s method of defining @@ -12355,7 +12367,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-45012"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-45013"></a> to change the settings. -</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> ignores spaces following command names consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\</span><span @@ -12365,8 +12377,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> unless you additionally load the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xspace</span><a id="dx1-45014"></a> package. </div> -</p><!--l. 4863--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 4875--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4877--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package doesn’t load the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xspace</span><a id="dx1-45015"></a> package since there are @@ -12396,7 +12408,7 @@ optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-45020"></a>). -</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: +</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: @@ -12404,7 +12416,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> \oldacronym{abc}{example acronym}{} </div> -<!--l. 4880--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span +<!--l. 4892--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\abc </span>and its starred version <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\abc*</span>. <a @@ -12420,7 +12432,7 @@ argument from being recognised. -</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 4900--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-450233"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -12488,7 +12500,7 @@ class="td11"> abc’s xyz </td></tr></table> -<!--l. 4908--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4920--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">14</span>  <a id="x1-4600014"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2> When using <span @@ -12507,7 +12519,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a id="dx1-46005"></a> key, even though you haven’t used the glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the following commands: -<!--l. 4917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4929--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsreset</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46006"></a> <span @@ -12516,8 +12528,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4919--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4931--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalreset</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46007"></a> <span @@ -12526,9 +12538,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="noindent" > while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands: -</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsunset</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46008"></a> <span @@ -12537,8 +12549,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4926--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46009"></a> <span @@ -12547,10 +12559,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4929--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4941--><p class="noindent" > You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries using: -</p><!--l. 4932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsresetall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46010"></a> <span @@ -12559,8 +12571,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalresetall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46011"></a> <span @@ -12569,8 +12581,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4937--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46012"></a> <span @@ -12579,8 +12591,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4953--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46013"></a> <span @@ -12589,7 +12601,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4943--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4955--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span @@ -12603,11 +12615,11 @@ in the main glossary and the list of acronyms: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134"> \glsresetall[main,acronym] </div> -<!--l. 4950--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a +<!--l. 4962--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4964--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a id="dx1-46014"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using: -</p><!--l. 4953--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46015"></a> <span @@ -12624,7 +12636,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4955--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4967--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -12643,7 +12655,7 @@ done. </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">15</span>  <a id="x1-4700015"></a>Glossary Styles</h2> -<!--l. 4963--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 4975--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package comes with some pre-defined glossary styles. Note that the styles are suited to different types of glossaries: some styles ignore the associated symbol; some styles are not designed for hierarchical entries, @@ -12667,7 +12679,7 @@ Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 4989--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-470041"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -12855,13 +12867,13 @@ class="td11"> </td></tr></table></div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 5017--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span +<!--l. 5029--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-47011"></a> key in the optional argument to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-47012"></a> or using the command: -</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarystyle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47013"></a> <span @@ -12870,14 +12882,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">style-name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5033--><p class="noindent" > Some of the glossary styles may also be set using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-47014"></a> package option, it depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package. -</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions +</p><!--l. 5038--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a @@ -12911,7 +12923,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newline</span><a id="dx1-47025"></a> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\\</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span +</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-47026"></a> key in the optional argument to <span @@ -12926,7 +12938,7 @@ glossary, so if, for example, you do \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\printglossary[style=long] </div> -<!--l. 5051--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span +<!--l. 5063--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip</span><a id="dx1-47028"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as <span @@ -12944,7 +12956,7 @@ again \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\glossarystyle{long} </div> -<!--l. 5059--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span +<!--l. 5071--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named glossary style (<span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">long</span><a @@ -12963,20 +12975,20 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarystyle</span><a \glossarystyle{long}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{} </div> -<!--l. 5068--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span +<!--l. 5080--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-47033"></a> to suppress the gap between groups for the default styles. -</p><!--l. 5073--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the +</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-47034"></a> style use the command -</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47035"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5089--><p class="noindent" > after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this full stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to redefine <span @@ -12985,14 +12997,14 @@ displayed. Alternatively, you can suppress it for a given entry by placing <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-47036"></a> in the entry’s description. -</p><!--l. 5084--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span +</p><!--l. 5096--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nopostdot</span><a id="dx1-47037"></a> to suppress this full stop. </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1</span>  <a id="x1-4800015.1"></a>List Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5090--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 5102--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-list</span><a id="dx1-48001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -13054,12 +13066,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listgroup</span><a class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to ensure the group information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated by - <!--l. 5115--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 5127--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glshypernavsep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48017"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5117--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5129--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to simply have a space separating each group, do: @@ -13070,8 +13082,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138"> \renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space} </div> - <!--l. 5122--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 5124--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set + <!--l. 5134--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 5136--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional argument to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\item</span><a id="dx1-48018"></a> instead of after it to prevent a @@ -13135,12 +13147,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\item[]</span></span></span>, followed by the name fol id="dx1-48032"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-48033"></a></a> and the symbol. The length - <!--l. 5149--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 5161--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48034"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5151--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5163--><p class="noindent" > governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries are formatted in the same way as the parent entries. @@ -13158,12 +13170,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-48036"></a>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5174--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5174--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2</span>  <a id="x1-4900015.2"></a>Longtable Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5165--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 5177--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-long</span><a id="dx1-49001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -13373,12 +13385,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">long4colheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-49049"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 5258--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5270--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5258--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5270--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.3</span>  <a id="x1-5000015.3"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h3> -<!--l. 5261--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 5273--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-longragged</span><a id="dx1-50001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in @@ -13407,7 +13419,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-longragged</span><a \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged} </div> -<!--l. 5273--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 5285--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-50008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span @@ -13559,15 +13571,15 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altlongragged4colheader</span><a id="dx1-50040"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5357--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5357--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.4</span>  <a id="x1-5100015.4"></a>Supertabular Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5348--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 5360--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-super</span><a id="dx1-51001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -13791,12 +13803,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altsuper4colheaderborder</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">super4colheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-51055"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 5444--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5456--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5444--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5456--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.5</span>  <a id="x1-5200015.5"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h3> -<!--l. 5447--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 5459--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-superragged</span><a id="dx1-52001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in @@ -13825,7 +13837,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-superragged</span><a \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-superragged} </div> -<!--l. 5459--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 5471--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-52008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span @@ -13980,12 +13992,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a id="dx1-52041"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 5532--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5544--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5532--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5544--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.6</span>  <a id="x1-5300015.6"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-53001"></a>. These styles are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can @@ -14129,7 +14141,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">tree</span><a id="dx1-53032"></a> style except that the indentation for each level is determined by the width of the text specified by - <!--l. 5595--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53033"></a> <span @@ -14142,7 +14154,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 5597--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">level</span><span @@ -14155,7 +14167,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">level</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is omitted, 0 is assumed. - </p><!--l. 5604--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph + </p><!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed in parentheses before the description. @@ -14181,15 +14193,15 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">alttreegroup</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listhypergroup</span><a id="dx1-53038"></a>, described above. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 5619--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5631--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5619--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5631--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.7</span>  <a id="x1-5400015.7"></a>Multicols Style</h3> -<!--l. 5622--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 5634--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-mcols</span><a id="dx1-54001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">multicols</span><a @@ -14212,7 +14224,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">multicols</span><a id="dx1-54008"></a> environment. For the complete list, see <a href="#x1-540122">table 15.2</a>. -</p><!--l. 5630--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 5642--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-mcols</span><a id="dx1-54009"></a> is not loaded by <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>. If you want to @@ -14222,14 +14234,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\usepackage </span>and set the required glossary style <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-54010"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5635--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5637--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining -</p><!--l. 5638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5647--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining +</p><!--l. 5650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsmcols</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54011"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsmcols </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5652--><p class="noindent" > to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary: @@ -14240,11 +14252,11 @@ to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}  <br />\glossarystyle{mcolindex} </div> -<!--l. 5646--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 5658--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5648--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 5660--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-540122"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -14363,10 +14375,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">alttreehypergroup</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 5672--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5684--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.8</span>  <a id="x1-5500015.8"></a>In-Line Style</h3> -<!--l. 5675--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span +<!--l. 5687--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-inline</span><a id="dx1-55001"></a> package that supplies the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inline</span><a @@ -14377,7 +14389,7 @@ styles, such as lists or tables). This style doesn’t display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-55004"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 5692--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarysection</span><a id="dx1-55005"></a> with this style. For example, suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of @@ -14391,8 +14403,8 @@ acronyms in a footnote, you can do:  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}: }  <br /> \glossarystyle{inline} </div> -<!--l. 5688--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span +<!--l. 5700--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5702--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-inline</span><a id="dx1-55006"></a> with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\usepackage </span>as it’s @@ -14401,8 +14413,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package and then set the style using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-55007"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5695--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5697--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can +</p><!--l. 5707--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5709--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do: @@ -14411,58 +14423,58 @@ do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143"> \footnote{\printglossaries} </div> -<!--l. 5700--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5702--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 5712--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5714--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inline</span><a id="dx1-55008"></a> style is governed by the following: -</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5715--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55009"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlineseparator</span><a id="dx1-55010"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5717--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">; </span>” and is used between main (i.e. level 0) entries. -</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55011"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a id="dx1-55012"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5722--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">, </span>” and is used between sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 5713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55013"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a id="dx1-55014"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5715--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5727--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">: </span>” and is used between a parent main entry and its first sub-entry. -</p><!--l. 5718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5730--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55015"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspostinline</span><a id="dx1-55016"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5720--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5732--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">; </span>” and is used at the end of the glossary. </p> -<!--l. 5724--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5736--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">16</span>  <a id="x1-5600016"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h2> If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style using: -<!--l. 5729--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56001"></a> <span @@ -14476,7 +14488,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definitions</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5731--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5743--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -14487,7 +14499,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definitions</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>needs to redefine all of the following: -</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5748--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">theglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56002"></a><a @@ -14495,7 +14507,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">theglossary</span><a id="dx1-56004"></a><a id="dx1-56005"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5750--><p class="noindent" > This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset. Note that this does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by <span @@ -14517,12 +14529,12 @@ to begin and end the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-56013"></a><a id="dx1-56014"></a> environment. -</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56015"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5749--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5761--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note that this is not the same as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypreamble</span><a @@ -14538,7 +14550,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">longheader</span><a id="dx1-56019"></a> glossary style redefines <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryheader </span>to do a header row. -</p><!--l. 5757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56020"></a> <span @@ -14547,7 +14559,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5759--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5771--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main body of the glossary. If you use <a id="dx1-56021"></a><a @@ -14569,11 +14581,11 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-56027"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend on the language settings. -</p><!--l. 5770--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span +</p><!--l. 5782--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">not </span>the group title. The group title can be obtained via -</p><!--l. 5773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5785--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56028"></a> <span @@ -14582,7 +14594,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5775--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5787--><p class="noindent" > This obtains the title as follows: if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -14593,8 +14605,8 @@ to be the title, otherwise the title is just <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 5780--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using -</p><!--l. 5781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5792--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using +</p><!--l. 5793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56029"></a> <span @@ -14610,12 +14622,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5783--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5795--><p class="noindent" > For further details about <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). -</p><!--l. 5788--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span +</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading</span> to simply ignore its argument. The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listhypergroup</span><a @@ -14630,19 +14642,19 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading </span>as follows: \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%  <br />\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]} </div> -<!--l. 5794--><p class="nopar" > See also <span +<!--l. 5806--><p class="nopar" > See also <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-56031"></a> must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">#1</span></span></span> etc.) -</p><!--l. 5798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56032"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5812--><p class="noindent" > This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for the next logical group. The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a @@ -14653,11 +14665,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\indexspace</span><a id="dx1-56034"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a blank row. -</p><!--l. 5807--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span +</p><!--l. 5819--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-56035"></a> can be used to suppress this default gap for the predefined styles. -</p><!--l. 5810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossaryentryfield</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56036"></a> <span @@ -14684,7 +14696,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5813--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5825--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do for a given glossary entry. Note that <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -14708,7 +14720,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-56039"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56040"></a> <span @@ -14717,7 +14729,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5823--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5835--><p class="noindent" > This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level 0) entries if the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">entrycounter</span><a @@ -14729,18 +14741,18 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentryfield</span> before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 5829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56043"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5831--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5833--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks +</p><!--l. 5843--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style must therefore redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentryfield </span>to set the appropriate target. This is done using -</p><!--l. 5838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstarget</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56044"></a> <span @@ -14753,7 +14765,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5840--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5852--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -14767,7 +14779,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget </span>won’t create a target if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hypertarget </span>hasn’t been defined. -</p><!--l. 5846--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span +</p><!--l. 5858--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a id="dx1-56046"></a> style defines <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentryfield </span>as follows: @@ -14780,13 +14792,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentryfield </span>as follows:  <br />\item[\glsentryitem{##1}\glstarget{##1}{##2}]  <br />  ##3\glspostdescription \space ##5} </div> -<!--l. 5852--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5854--><p class="indent" > Note also that <span +<!--l. 5864--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5866--><p class="indent" > Note also that <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>will always be of the form<br class="newline" /> -</p><!--l. 5856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 5868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a id="dx1-56047"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">{\relax</span><br @@ -14811,7 +14823,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number(s)</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5858--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5870--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number(s)</span><span @@ -14860,7 +14872,7 @@ worry about whether the user has specified the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-56056"></a> package option. -</p><!--l. 5875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarysubentryfield</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56057"></a> <span @@ -14891,7 +14903,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5890--><p class="noindent" > This is new to version 1.17, and is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -14901,7 +14913,7 @@ from 1 (first sub-level) onwards. The remaining arguments are analogous to those for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentryfield</span><a id="dx1-56058"></a> described above. -</p><!--l. 5885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56059"></a> <span @@ -14910,7 +14922,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5887--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5899--><p class="noindent" > This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level 1 entries if the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a @@ -14921,37 +14933,37 @@ before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget</span><a id="dx1-56061"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 5893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56062"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5895--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5897--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 5909--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-56063"></a> (which <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-56064"></a> calls) sets -</p><!--l. 5899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\currentglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56065"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\currentglossary </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5901--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5913--><p class="noindent" > to the current glossary label, so it’s possible to create a glossary style that varies according to the glossary type. -</p><!--l. 5905--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in +</p><!--l. 5917--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the documented code (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.1</span>  <a id="x1-5700016.1"></a>Example: creating a completely new style</h3> -<!--l. 5912--><p class="noindent" >If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the +<!--l. 5924--><p class="noindent" >If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the environment listed above. -</p><!--l. 5915--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. +</p><!--l. 5927--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means that the glossary should be placed in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">itemize</span><a id="dx1-57001"></a><a @@ -15006,7 +15018,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">mylist</span>, as follows:  <br />   \glossaryentryfield{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##6}}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 5949--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are +<!--l. 5961--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the same way as the top level entries. It also hasn’t used <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryitem</span><a @@ -15021,13 +15033,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counterwithin</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-57014"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.2</span>  <a id="x1-5800016.2"></a>Example: creating a new glossary style based on an existing style</h3> -<!--l. 5960--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an +<!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style, you can use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-58001"></a> within the second argument of @@ -15054,16 +15066,16 @@ follows:  <br />                              % between groups  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5974--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5978--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5986--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5978--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">16.3</span>  <a id="x1-5900016.3"></a>Example: creating a glossary style that uses the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">user1</span>, …, <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">user6</span> keys</h3> -<!--l. 5981--><p class="noindent" >Since <span +<!--l. 5993--><p class="noindent" >Since <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentryfield</span><a id="dx1-59001"></a> and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarysubentryfield</span><a @@ -15125,17 +15137,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">longtable</span><a  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 6026--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 6038--><p class="nopar" > </p> -<!--l. 6028--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6040--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">17</span>  <a id="x1-6000017"></a>Utilities</h2> This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf). -<!--l. 6034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6046--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60001"></a> <span @@ -15153,7 +15165,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6036--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6048--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span @@ -15171,7 +15183,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is omitted, the default is to iterate over all glossaries. -</p><!--l. 6044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6056--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\forglsentries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60002"></a> <span @@ -15189,7 +15201,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6046--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6058--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary label</span><span @@ -15210,7 +15222,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is omitted, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype</span><a id="dx1-60003"></a> (usually the main glossary) is used. -</p><!--l. 6053--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\forallglsentries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60004"></a> <span @@ -15228,7 +15240,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6055--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6067--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -15256,7 +15268,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span>within class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>.) -</p><!--l. 6063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60005"></a> <span @@ -15269,7 +15281,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6066--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6078--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -15281,7 +15293,7 @@ performed, otherwise <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 6070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60006"></a> <span @@ -15294,7 +15306,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6073--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6085--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -15307,7 +15319,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is performed, otherwise <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 6077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60007"></a> <span @@ -15320,14 +15332,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6080--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6092--><p class="noindent" > See <a href="#x1-4600014">§14 </a><a href="#x1-4600014">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. -</p><!--l. 6083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6095--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60008"></a> <span @@ -15340,7 +15352,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6086--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6098--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -15352,7 +15364,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is performed, otherwise <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 6091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-60009"></a> <span @@ -15365,7 +15377,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6094--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -15383,7 +15395,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">18</span>  <a id="x1-6100018"></a>Accessibility Support</h2> -<!--l. 6100--><p class="noindent" >Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying +<!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" >Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-61001"></a> package, but note that this package is experimental and @@ -15503,7 +15515,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortplural</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-61032"></a>). </dd></dl> -<!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" >For example: +<!--l. 6159--><p class="noindent" >For example: @@ -15512,7 +15524,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a \newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document  <br />preparation language},access={TeX}} </div> -<!--l. 6151--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 6163--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to @@ -15521,13 +15533,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150"> \BeginAccSupp{ActualText=TeX}\TeX\EndAccSupp{} </div> -<!--l. 6155--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a +<!--l. 6167--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a href="#x1-40001.1"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-61033"></a> package. -</p><!--l. 6159--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span +</p><!--l. 6171--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. It is recommended that you also read the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">accsupp</span><a @@ -15538,7 +15550,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">accsupp</span><a </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">19</span>  <a id="x1-6200019"></a>Troubleshooting</h2> -<!--l. 6166--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 6178--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package comes with a minimal file called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">minimalgls.tex </span>which can be used for testing. This should be located in the <span @@ -15555,7 +15567,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> code is available at <a href="http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/minexample/</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 6176--><p class="indent" > Below is a list of the most frequently asked questions. For other queries, consult the +</p><!--l. 6188--><p class="indent" > Below is a list of the most frequently asked questions. For other queries, consult the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>FAQ at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" class="url" ><span @@ -15584,8 +15596,8 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I get the error message: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151"> Missing \begin{document} </div> - <!--l. 6192--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 6194--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6204--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 6206--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Check you are using an up to date version of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xkeyval</span><a id="dx1-62003"></a> @@ -15605,8 +15617,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a ERROR: CHAR: index 0 should be less than the length of  <br />the string </div> - <!--l. 6202--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6214--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 6216--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A.</span> <a id="dx1-62008"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span @@ -15635,7 +15647,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},  <br />  description=alpha} </div> - <!--l. 6213--><p class="nopar" > Either use a different sort key for the entry, for example: + <!--l. 6225--><p class="nopar" > Either use a different sort key for the entry, for example: @@ -15645,7 +15657,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a  <br />  name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},  <br />  description=alpha} </div> - <!--l. 6219--><p class="nopar" > or, if all entries are like this, you may prefer to use the <span + <!--l. 6231--><p class="nopar" > or, if all entries are like this, you may prefer to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-62016"></a> or <span @@ -15663,7 +15675,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I’ve used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-62021"></a> option, but the acronyms are displayed in normal sized upper case letters. - <!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6240--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-62022"></a> package option uses <span @@ -15677,7 +15689,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc</span><a <li class="enumerate" id="x1-62025x4"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>My acronyms won’t break across a line when they’re expanded. - <!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> can break hyperlinks across a line, but <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> can’t. @@ -15693,7 +15705,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst=false</span><a class="enumerate" id="x1-62029x5"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>How do I change the font that the acronyms are displayed in? - <!--l. 6242--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6254--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The easiest way to do this is to specify the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a id="dx1-62030"></a> package option @@ -15710,7 +15722,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a \usepackage[smaller]{glossaries}  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 6249--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6261--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-62033x6"><span @@ -15718,7 +15730,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>How do I change the font that the acronyms a <a id="dx1-62034"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>? - <!--l. 6254--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The easiest way to do this is to specify the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a id="dx1-62035"></a> package option @@ -15745,7 +15757,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first  <br />\renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{#1} </div> - <!--l. 6264--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6276--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-62041x7"><span @@ -15754,7 +15766,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I don’t have Perl installed, do I have href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-62043"></a></a>? - <!--l. 6269--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>No. Although it is strongly recommended, you don’t have to use <a id="dx1-62044"></a><a @@ -15788,7 +15800,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary </span>package: are there any instructions class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a id="dx1-62054"></a> package to the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package? - <!--l. 6280--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6292--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Read <a href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> which should be available from the same location as this @@ -15799,14 +15811,14 @@ href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to t class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I’m using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a id="dx1-62057"></a> but the fixed names haven’t been translated. - <!--l. 6287--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package currently only supports the following languages: Brazilian Portuguese, Danish, Dutch, English, French, German, Irish, Italian, Hungarian, Polish, Serbian and Spanish. If you want to add another language, send me the translations, and I’ll add them to the next version. - </p><!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >If you are using one of the above languages, but the text hasn’t been + </p><!--l. 6305--><p class="noindent" >If you are using one of the above languages, but the text hasn’t been translated, try adding the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a id="dx1-62058"></a> package with the required @@ -15822,7 +15834,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package). For  <br />\usepackage[ngerman]{translator}  <br />\usepackage{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 6301--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can add the language as a global option to the + <!--l. 6313--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can add the language as a global option to the class file. Check the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator </span>package documentation for further details. @@ -15833,7 +15845,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>My acronyms contain strange characters when like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acrlong</span><a id="dx1-62061"></a>. - <!--l. 6309--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6321--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Switch off the sanitization: @@ -15842,7 +15854,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Switch off the sanitization: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158"> \usepackage[sanitize=none]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 6312--><p class="nopar" > and protect fragile commands. + <!--l. 6324--><p class="nopar" > and protect fragile commands. </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-62063x11"><span @@ -15852,7 +15864,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryname</span><a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsname</span><a id="dx1-62065"></a>. - <!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6330--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Either use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-62066"></a> or <span @@ -15868,13 +15880,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159"> \usepackage[sanitize={name=false}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 6323--><p class="nopar" > and protect fragile commands. + <!--l. 6335--><p class="nopar" > and protect fragile commands. </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-62070x12"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>Weird characters appear when I try to display an entry’s description. - <!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6341--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Switch off the sanitization for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-62071"></a> key: @@ -15885,12 +15897,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> \usepackage[sanitize={description=false}]{glossaries} </div> - <!--l. 6333--><p class="nopar" > and protect fragile commands. + <!--l. 6345--><p class="nopar" > and protect fragile commands. </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-62073x13"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>My glossaries haven’t appeared. - <!--l. 6338--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6350--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Remember to do the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">Add <span @@ -15938,7 +15950,7 @@ href="#x1-70001.3">Generating the Associated class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, followed by another <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run.</li></ul> - <!--l. 6358--><p class="noindent" >Check the log files (<span + <!--l. 6370--><p class="noindent" >Check the log files (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.log</span><a id="dx1-62081"></a>, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glg</span><a @@ -15948,7 +15960,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glg</span><a class="enumerate" id="x1-62084x14"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>It is possible to change the rules used to sort the glossary entries? - <!--l. 6364--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6376--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>If it’s for an individual entry, then you can use the entry’s <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-62085"></a> key @@ -15983,7 +15995,7 @@ href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net/" >Xindy Web class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-62097"></a> mailing list from that site. - </p><!--l. 6374--><p class="noindent" >If you want to sort according to order of definition or order of + </p><!--l. 6386--><p class="noindent" >If you want to sort according to order of definition or order of use, use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-62098"></a> package option described in <a @@ -15996,7 +16008,7 @@ href="#x1-160002.4">Sorting class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I get an error when using TeX4HT<a id="dx1-62101"></a> with <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>. - <!--l. 6381--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 6393--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>TeX4HT seems to have a problem with the glossary styles that use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\indexspace</span><a @@ -16014,7 +16026,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{} </div> - <!--l. 6388--><p class="nopar" > or + <!--l. 6400--><p class="nopar" > or @@ -16022,13 +16034,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\item[]} </div> - <!--l. 6392--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 6404--><p class="nopar" > </p> </li></ol> -<!--l. 6397--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 6409--><p class="indent" > <a id="likesection.2"></a><a id="Q1-1-73"></a> @@ -16246,10 +16258,10 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6009" >84</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6023" >85</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6028" >86</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6033" >87</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13042" >88</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13047" >89</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13052" >90</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13057" >91</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13043" >88</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13048" >89</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13053" >90</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13058" >91</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40017" >92</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62057" >93</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span @@ -16487,13 +16499,13 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-61033" >203</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-babel </span>package  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6031" >204</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13053" >205</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13059" >206</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13054" >205</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13060" >206</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-polyglossia </span>package  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6034" >207</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13055" >208</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13060" >209</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13056" >208</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13061" >209</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item">glossary counters:<br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaryentry</span>  <a @@ -17041,7 +17053,7 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45013" >503</a> <br /></span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2008" >504</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2029" >505</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13067" >506</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13068" >506</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19039" >507</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19043" >508</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19049" >509</a>, <a @@ -17075,7 +17087,7 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7070" >535</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32010" >536</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13065" >537</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13066" >537</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-31001" ><span @@ -17198,7 +17210,7 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44045" >597</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44054" >598</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13073" >599</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13074" >599</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34050" ><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">600</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -17292,7 +17304,7 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62064" >625</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34044" >626</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13072" >627</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13073" >627</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34049" ><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">628</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -18232,8 +18244,8 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10029" >1065</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11004" >1066</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11013" >1067</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11025" >1068</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13032" >1069</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13037" >1070</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13033" >1069</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13038" >1070</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15009" >1071</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16020" >1072</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16024" >1073</a>, <a @@ -18697,7 +18709,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">1407</span></a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4022" >1408</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4035" >1409</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7080" >1410</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13070" >1411</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13071" >1411</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15052" >1412</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15055" >1413</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15066" >1414</a>, <a @@ -18855,14 +18867,14 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-43024" >1528</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44062" >1529</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13061" >1530</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13062" >1530</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">false</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-30012" >1531</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62027" >1532</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13063" >1533</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13064" >1533</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">makeindex</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16018" >1534</a> <br /></span> @@ -18877,7 +18889,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">false</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15070" >1539</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13066" >1540</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13067" >1540</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-26002" >1541</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28017" >1542</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28020" >1543</a>, <a @@ -18982,11 +18994,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">none</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13016" >1602</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">savenumberlist</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13068" >1603</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13069" >1603</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34048" >1604</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">false</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13071" >1605</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13072" >1605</a> <br /></span> @@ -18994,7 +19006,7 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13071" >1605</a> <br /></span> class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">savewrites</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13026" >1606</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13028" >1607</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13035" >1608</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13036" >1608</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">false</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13027" >1609</a> <br /></span> @@ -19097,17 +19109,17 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14009" >1677</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35017" >1678</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translate</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13040" >1679</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13041" >1679</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">false</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6030" >1680</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6035" >1681</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13045" >1682</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13056" >1683</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13046" >1682</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13057" >1683</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subsubitem">        <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">true</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13041" >1684</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13046" >1685</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13042" >1684</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13047" >1685</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-subitem">    <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">ucmark</span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14015" >1686</a>, <a @@ -19141,9 +19153,9 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8018" >1702</a> <br /></span> class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">polyglossia </span>package  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6002" >1703</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6032" >1704</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13043" >1705</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13054" >1706</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13058" >1707</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13044" >1705</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13055" >1706</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13059" >1707</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19008" >1708</a>, <a @@ -19220,260 +19232,263 @@ href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-29043" >1745</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32008" >1746</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33017" >1747</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34047" >1748</a> <br /></span> +<span class="index-item"><span +class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">scrwfile </span>package  <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13030" >1749</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\section*</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35027" >1749</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35027" >1750</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\seename</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2003" >1750</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32015" >1751</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32020" >1752</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33007" >1753</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2003" >1751</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32015" >1752</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-32020" >1753</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-33007" >1754</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setAlphaCompositor</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38049" >1754</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38049" >1755</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setCompositor</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38047" >1755</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38047" >1756</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44014" ><span -class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1756</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44044" >1757</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44053" >1758</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44057" >1759</a> <br /></span> +class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1757</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44044" >1758</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44053" >1759</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44057" >1760</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomStyle</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44017" ><span -class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1760</span></a> <br /></span> +class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1761</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setentrycounter</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56048" >1761</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56051" >1762</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56048" >1762</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56051" >1763</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarysection</span></span></span>  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-14012" ><span -class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1763</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35030" >1764</a> <br /></span> +class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1764</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35030" >1765</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setStyleFile</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9021" >1765</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10011" >1766</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9021" >1766</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-10011" >1767</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18023" ><span -class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1767</span></a> <br /></span> +class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1768</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\smaller</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42037" >1768</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42037" >1769</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">supertabular </span>(environment)  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51002" >1769</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51008" >1770</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51013" >1771</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52003" >1772</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52010" >1773</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51002" >1770</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51008" >1771</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51013" >1772</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52003" >1773</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52010" >1774</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">supertabular </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15037" >1774</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51015" >1775</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52012" >1776</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15037" >1775</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-51015" >1776</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-52012" >1777</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\symbolname</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6019" >1777</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6019" >1778</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">T</span> <span class="index-item">TeX4HT  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62101" >1778</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62101" >1779</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textbf</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28045" >1779</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28045" >1780</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textrm</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38013" >1780</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38013" >1781</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41020" >1781</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41024" >1782</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41057" >1783</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42028" >1784</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44024" >1785</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44025" >1786</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62023" >1787</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41020" >1782</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41024" >1783</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41057" >1784</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42028" >1785</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44024" >1786</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-44025" >1787</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62023" >1788</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17023" >1788</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41023" >1789</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41025" >1790</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41026" >1791</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42040" >1792</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62037" >1793</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42038" >1794</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-17023" >1789</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41023" >1790</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41025" >1791</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-41026" >1792</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42040" >1793</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62037" >1794</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-42038" >1795</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">theglossary </span>(environment)  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56002" ><span -class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1795</span></a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56004" >1796</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56011" >1797</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57003" >1798</a> <br /></span> +class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">1796</span></a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56004" >1797</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56011" >1798</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-57003" >1799</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thepage</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38033" >1799</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38033" >1800</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6004" >1800</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6005" >1801</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6006" >1802</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6010" >1803</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6012" >1804</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6024" >1805</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6025" >1806</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6026" >1807</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6029" >1808</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13044" >1809</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13048" >1810</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6004" >1801</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6005" >1802</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6006" >1803</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6010" >1804</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6012" >1805</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6024" >1806</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6025" >1807</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6026" >1808</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6029" >1809</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13045" >1810</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13049" >1811</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13050" >1812</a>, <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13051" >1813</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40018" >1814</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62058" >1815</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13052" >1814</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40018" >1815</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62058" >1816</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">W</span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\write18</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13030" >1816</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13031" >1817</a> <br /></span> </p><p class="theindex"> <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">X</span> <span class="index-item">xindy  <a href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2052" ><span -class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">1817</span></a> <br /></span> +class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">1818</span></a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2026" >1818</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2034" >1819</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3012" >1820</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3018" >1821</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3020" >1822</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3022" >1823</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4053" >1824</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4060" >1825</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4067" >1826</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4071" >1827</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4075" >1828</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4079" >1829</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4081" >1830</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5002" >1831</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5006" >1832</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5010" >1833</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5028" >1834</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5032" >1835</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6037" >1836</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6041" >1837</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7007" >1838</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7011" >1839</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7015" >1840</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7017" >1841</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7023" >1842</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7030" >1843</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7036" >1844</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7042" >1845</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7046" >1846</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7062" >1847</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7068" >1848</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7076" >1849</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7084" >1850</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7093" >1851</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8005" >1852</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9004" >1853</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9007" >1854</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9013" >1855</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9015" >1856</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9018" >1857</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9031" >1858</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9035" >1859</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11002" >1860</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11016" >1861</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11021" >1862</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13034" >1863</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13039" >1864</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15011" >1865</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16030" >1866</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16034" >1867</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16038" >1868</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16042" >1869</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16048" >1870</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18006" >1871</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18009" >1872</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18022" >1873</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18029" >1874</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19014" >1875</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19091" >1876</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19135" >1877</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27009" >1878</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27011" >1879</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27018" >1880</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27022" >1881</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28007" >1882</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28048" >1883</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28054" >1884</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28075" >1885</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34056" >1886</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35007" >1887</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35011" >1888</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36002" >1889</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36005" >1890</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36008" >1891</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36011" >1892</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36017" >1893</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36019" >1894</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36022" >1895</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36024" >1896</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37002" >1897</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37004" >1898</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37009" >1899</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37015" >1900</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37020" >1901</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38005" >1902</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38016" >1903</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38020" >1904</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38026" >1905</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38035" >1906</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38043" >1907</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38059" >1908</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40007" >1909</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53016" >1910</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56027" >1911</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62007" >1912</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62009" >1913</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62013" >1914</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62015" >1915</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62051" >1916</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62087" >1917</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62091" >1918</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62093" >1919</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62095" >1920</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62097" >1921</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2026" >1819</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2034" >1820</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3012" >1821</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3018" >1822</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3020" >1823</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-3022" >1824</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4053" >1825</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4060" >1826</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4067" >1827</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4071" >1828</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4075" >1829</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4079" >1830</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4081" >1831</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5002" >1832</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5006" >1833</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5010" >1834</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5028" >1835</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-5032" >1836</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6037" >1837</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-6041" >1838</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7007" >1839</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7011" >1840</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7015" >1841</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7017" >1842</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7023" >1843</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7030" >1844</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7036" >1845</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7042" >1846</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7046" >1847</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7062" >1848</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7068" >1849</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7076" >1850</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7084" >1851</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-7093" >1852</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-8005" >1853</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9004" >1854</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9007" >1855</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9013" >1856</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9015" >1857</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9018" >1858</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9031" >1859</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-9035" >1860</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11002" >1861</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11016" >1862</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-11021" >1863</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13035" >1864</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-13040" >1865</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-15011" >1866</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16030" >1867</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16034" >1868</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16038" >1869</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16042" >1870</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-16048" >1871</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18006" >1872</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18009" >1873</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18022" >1874</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-18029" >1875</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19014" >1876</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19091" >1877</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-19135" >1878</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27009" >1879</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27011" >1880</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27018" >1881</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-27022" >1882</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28007" >1883</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28048" >1884</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28054" >1885</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-28075" >1886</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-34056" >1887</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35007" >1888</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-35011" >1889</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36002" >1890</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36005" >1891</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36008" >1892</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36011" >1893</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36017" >1894</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36019" >1895</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36022" >1896</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-36024" >1897</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37002" >1898</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37004" >1899</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37009" >1900</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37015" >1901</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-37020" >1902</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38005" >1903</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38016" >1904</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38020" >1905</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38026" >1906</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38035" >1907</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38043" >1908</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-38059" >1909</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-40007" >1910</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-53016" >1911</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-56027" >1912</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62007" >1913</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62009" >1914</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62013" >1915</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62015" >1916</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62051" >1917</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62087" >1918</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62091" >1919</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62093" >1920</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62095" >1921</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62097" >1922</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xkeyval </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4003" >1922</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62003" >1923</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-4003" >1923</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-62003" >1924</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\xmakefirstuc</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2004" >1924</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-2004" >1925</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\xspace</span></span></span>  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45016" >1925</a> <br /></span> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45016" >1926</a> <br /></span> <span class="index-item"><span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xspace </span>package  <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45014" >1926</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45015" >1927</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45017" >1928</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45019" >1929</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45021" >1930</a>, <a -href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45022" >1931</a> <br /></span> -</p></div> +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45014" >1927</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45015" >1928</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45017" >1929</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45019" >1930</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45021" >1931</a>, <a +href="glossaries-user.html#dx1-45022" >1932</a> <br /></span> - <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 332--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +</p></div> + <div class="footnotes"><!--l. 338--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">That is, if the term has been referenced using any of the commands described</span> @@ -19500,13 +19515,13 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">key) or commands such as</span> <span class="ec-lmtt-9">\acrshort</span><a id="dx1-3004"></a><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 1056--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x3-bk" id="fn2x3"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">As from v3.01 </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">\gls</span><a id="dx1-7070"></a> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">is no longer fragile and doesn’t need protecting.</span></p><!--l. 1567--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">is no longer fragile and doesn’t need protecting.</span></p><!--l. 1579--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x4-bk" id="fn1x4"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">if the </span><span @@ -19514,7 +19529,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">acronym</span><a id="dx1-14028"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">option is used, otherwise the list of acronyms is the main</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">glossary</span></p><!--l. 1828--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">glossary</span></p><!--l. 1840--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x4-bk" id="fn2x4"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">Actually it sets </span><span @@ -19533,7 +19548,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\glsdefaulttype</span><a id="dx1-17008"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">usually has the value </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">main</span><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 1966--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 1978--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x6-bk" id="fn1x6"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">The only preamble restriction on </span><span @@ -19547,7 +19562,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">was</span> class="ec-lmr-9">removed in version 1.13, but the restriction remains for </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><a id="dx1-19004"></a><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 1981--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x6-bk" id="fn2x6"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">Except possibly the style file but then you’ll need to use </span><span @@ -19555,7 +19570,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\noist</span><a id="dx1-19016"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">to prevent your</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">changes from being overwritten.</span></p><!--l. 2406--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">changes from being overwritten.</span></p><!--l. 2418--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x6-bk" id="fn3x6"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">This is because </span><span @@ -19569,7 +19584,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">acronym</span><a id="dx1-25012"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">package</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">option is not used.</span></p><!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">option is not used.</span></p><!--l. 3181--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x8-bk" id="fn1x8"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">main </span><span @@ -19581,13 +19596,13 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">name supplied in the first mandatory argument to </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">\newglossary </span><span class="ec-lmr-9">for additional</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">glossaries.</span></p><!--l. 3336--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">glossaries.</span></p><!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">As from v3.01, </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">\gls</span><a id="dx1-32010"></a> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">is no longer fragile.</span></p><!--l. 3419--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">is no longer fragile.</span></p><!--l. 3431--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x10-bk" id="fn2x10"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a id="dx1-33004"></a><a @@ -19596,7 +19611,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-33005"></a></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">will always assign a location number, even if it’s not needed, so it needs</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">to be discarded.</span></p><!--l. 3424--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">to be discarded.</span></p><!--l. 3436--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x10-bk" id="fn3x10"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">If you redefine </span><span @@ -19614,7 +19629,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">explicitly write </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">[\seename] </span><span class="ec-lmr-9">in the output file if no</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">optional argument is given.</span></p><!--l. 3449--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">optional argument is given.</span></p><!--l. 3461--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn4x10-bk" id="fn4x10"> <sup class="textsuperscript">4</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">In versions before 3.0, </span><span @@ -19629,7 +19644,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">key is</span> <a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="ec-lmr-9">sanitized</span><a id="dx1-33017"></a></a><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 3615--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">versions before 3.0 used </span><span @@ -19645,7 +19660,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">has been</span> <a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="ec-lmr-9">sanitized</span><a id="dx1-34047"></a></a><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 3761--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 3773--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x12-bk" id="fn1x12"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">you can’t use the </span><span @@ -19656,7 +19671,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">style for this example as you can’t use the</span> class="ec-lmss-9">longtable</span><a id="dx1-35039"></a><a id="dx1-35040"></a> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 4070--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x13-bk" id="fn1x13"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">see </span><span @@ -19666,7 +19681,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">described in </span><a href="#x1-180003"><span class="ec-lmr-9">§3 </span></a><a href="#x1-180003"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 4064--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 4076--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x13-bk" id="fn2x13"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">see </span><span @@ -19676,7 +19691,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">described in </span><a href="#x1-180003"><span class="ec-lmr-9">§3 </span></a><a href="#x1-180003"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 4578--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x15-bk" id="fn1x15"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">not that this was change from using </span><span @@ -19690,10 +19705,10 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">as declarations</span> class="ec-lmr-9">cause a problem for </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">\makefirstuc</span><a id="dx1-42039"></a><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4839--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4851--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x15-bk" id="fn2x15"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span -class="ec-lmr-9">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 5033--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 5045--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x17-bk" id="fn1x17"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">these lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span @@ -19709,11 +19724,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">nostyles</span><a id="dx1-47020"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">package option unless you explicitly load the</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">relevant package.</span></p><!--l. 5145--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">relevant package.</span></p><!--l. 5157--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x17-bk" id="fn2x17"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span -class="ec-lmr-9"> Menzel.</span></p><!--l. 5356--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9"> Menzel.</span></p><!--l. 5368--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x17-bk" id="fn3x17"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">e.g.</span><span diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf Binary files differindex 5d7e0e924c5..c715ee426f9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex index 2b3c87144ca..5b396e9d492 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex @@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ package option \pkgopt{sanitize} described in \sectionref{sec:pkgopts-general}} \MakeShortVerb{"} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} - \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v3.05} + \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v3.06} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\% \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2013-04-21} + \date{2013-06-17} \maketitle \noindent @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ letter}{mfirstuc-manual}. \item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}] Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read -\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v3.05}. +\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v3.06}. This includes the documented code for the \sty{mfirstuc} package. \item[INSTALL] Installation instructions. @@ -310,6 +310,12 @@ the file extensions for the default main glossary are changed to conflict with \sty{doc}'s changes glossary.) \end{important} +Other documents that describe using \styfmt{glossaries} include: +\href{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/thesis/}{Using LaTeX to Write a PhD Thesis} +and +\href{http://www.latex-community.org/know-how/latex/55-latex-general/263-glossaries-nomenclature-lists-of-symbols-and-acronyms}{Glossaries, +Nomenclature, Lists of Symbols and Acronyms}. + \clearpage \tableofcontents @@ -1167,7 +1173,7 @@ resulting file onto the man path. Alternatively do \begin{important} When upgrading the \styfmt{glossaries} package, make sure you also upgrade your version of \gls{makeglossaries}. The current version is -2.06. +2.07. \end{important} \subsection{Using xindy explicitly} @@ -1410,6 +1416,12 @@ document when they will be written to the external files. If you run out of token registers, you can use \sty{etex}. \begin{important} +This option can significantly slow document compilation. As an +alternative, you can use the \sty{scrwfile} package (part of the +KOMA-Script bundle) and not use this option. +\end{important} + +\begin{important} If you want to use \TeX's \ics{write18} mechanism to call \gls{makeindex} or \gls{xindy} from your document and use \pkgopt{savewrites}, you must create the external files with diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html index ef82d059d25..1ab1157e0af 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossariesbegin.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2013-04-21 19:13:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2013-06-17 17:30:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ beginners</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="futr8t-x-x-144">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-04-21</span></div> +class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-06-17</span></div> </div> <div class="abstract" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf Binary files differindex ff6463f6b60..9e235f6b5f1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex index 573bc50c438..a62a6c1ca8e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ \title{The glossaries package: a guide for beginners} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2013-04-21} +\date{2013-06-17} \newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}} \newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html index 994ef05ce3b..6d65009882e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossary2glossaries.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2013-04-21 19:13:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2013-06-17 17:30:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ package to the glossaries package</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="futr8t-x-x-144">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-04-21</span></div> +class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-06-17</span></div> </div> <div class="abstract" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf Binary files differindex 14faa104af6..a9b1c722f47 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex index 63c7b4c8482..d75864efdf9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ \title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2013-04-21} +\date{2013-06-17} \newenvironment{oldway}{% \begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html Binary files differindex c404c37aa6a..3fe32157230 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf Binary files differindex 54a222ca014..df6ab820f7c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf Binary files differindex 8339e25930c..3ee0c99b082 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex 2cbddcbb79d..167a789d990 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex ec1aa3defab..ab7df68fcd6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf Binary files differindex b3a49ad7b9f..8c272577fd5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf Binary files differindex 934500cfd9b..75128d2baf2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf Binary files differindex ad006e12fa6..336944d2375 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf Binary files differindex 31b762222f8..0dd65bd3521 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf Binary files differindex a228c87525e..aaaf9c4ab94 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf Binary files differindex 13b73ec56ee..a7580e9c15e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 4690859fd0a..54c75a277ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf Binary files differindex 3180cc338c9..24e53743d42 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf Binary files differindex 9e3fd3c7adb..9551868bb42 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf Binary files differindex 0b79cfc7ccd..161347b7e36 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf Binary files differindex dd8efc62bf8..62fc6162db7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf Binary files differindex de7636052d2..1a4de4df604 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf Binary files differindex c6035e3d8cd..665f4a53e46 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf Binary files differindex 7357fe0a2b6..5a23c9c083c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf Binary files differindex a9512fe1eab..6594f0b816e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf Binary files differindex a997a20b1cb..d06c45dcda0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf Binary files differindex c27c6bb509f..66a154d0e06 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries index 07ce68bd8d1..811848b5437 100755 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/scripts/glossaries/makeglossaries @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # File : makeglossaries # Author : Nicola Talbot -# Version : 2.06 (2013/04/21) +# Version : 2.07 (2013/06/17) # Description: simple Perl script that calls makeindex or xindy. # Intended for use with "glossaries.sty" (saves having to remember # all the various switches) @@ -27,9 +27,12 @@ # glossary-super.sty, glossaries.perl. # Also makeglossaries and makeglossaries. -my $version="2.06 (2013-04-21)"; +my $version="2.07 (2013-06-17)"; # History: +# v2.07 (2013-06-17): +# * added check for success on chdir if -d used +# * added dialect map # v2.06 (2013-04-21): # * added "din5007" as default if language is set to "german" # v2.05 (2012-11-12): @@ -102,8 +105,43 @@ unless ($#ARGV == 0) # v2.02: added: print "makeglossaries version $version\n" unless ($opt_q); +# v2.07: added babel dialect -> xindy language map: +my %languagemap = +( + 'american' => 'english', + 'austrian' => 'german', + 'british' => 'english', + 'francais' => 'french', + 'frenchb' => 'french', + 'germanb' => 'german', + 'lsorbian' => 'lower-sorbian', + 'magyar' => 'hungarian', + 'naustrian' => 'german', + 'ngermanb' => 'german', + 'norsk' => 'norwegian', + 'portuges' => 'portuguese', + 'russianb' => 'russian', + 'slovene' => 'slovenian', + 'UKenglish' => 'english', + 'USenglish' => 'english', + 'ukraineb' => 'ukrainian', + 'usorbian' => 'upper-sorbian' +); + +# v2.07 added check for success and for -q # v2.05 added: -chdir $opt_d if ($opt_d); + +if ($opt_d) +{ + if (chdir $opt_d) + { + print "Changed to '$opt_d'\n" unless ($opt_q); + } + else + { + die "Unable to chdir to '$opt_d' $!\n"; + } +} # v2.02: added: my $xdynotist = 1; @@ -666,61 +704,12 @@ sub xindy{ $module = $ist; $module=~s/\.xdy\Z//; - unless (defined($language)) + if ($language) { - $language = ''; - } + # map babel names to xindy names - # map babel names to xindy names - if ($language eq "frenchb") - { - $language = "french"; - } - elsif ($language=~/^n?germanb?$/) - { - $language = "german"; + $language = $languagemap{$language} if ($languagemap{$language}); - # v2.06 added: - if ($codepage and not $codepage=~/(din|duden)/) - { - $codepage = "din5007-$codepage"; - } - } - elsif ($language eq "magyar") - { - $language = "hungarian"; - } - elsif ($language eq "lsorbian") - { - $language = "lower-sorbian"; - } - elsif ($language eq "norsk") - { - $language = "norwegian"; - } - elsif ($language eq "portuges") - { - $language = "portuguese"; - } - elsif ($language eq "russianb") - { - $language = "russian"; - } - elsif ($language eq "slovene") - { - $language = "slovenian"; - } - elsif ($language eq "ukraineb") - { - $language = "ukrainian"; - } - elsif ($language eq "usorbian") - { - $language = "upper-sorbian"; - } - - if ($language) - { $langparam = "-L $language"; } else diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx index 705b752adc4..9959f8a4172 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ % -author "Nicola Talbot" % -codetitle "Main Package Code" % glossaries -% Created on 2013/4/21 19:12 +% Created on 2013/6/17 17:30 %\fi %\iffalse %<*package> @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -\CheckSum{14021} +\CheckSum{13967} \newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}} \newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}} @@ -164,12 +164,12 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %\MakeShortVerb{"} %\DeleteShortVerb{\|} % -% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v3.05} +% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v3.06} % \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] %Dickimaw Books\\ %\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} % -% \date{2013-04-21} +% \date{2013-06-17} % \maketitle % %This is the documented code for the \styfmt{glossaries} package. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %glossaries package}. % %\item[\url{glossaries-user.pdf}] -%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v3.05: +%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v3.06: %\LaTeX2e\ Package to Assist Generating Glossaries}. % %\item[\url{mfirstuc-manual.pdf}] @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of % This package requires \LaTeXe. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/04/21 v3.05 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/06/17 v3.06 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Required packages: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1311,11 +1311,12 @@ name=true]{% % \end{macrocode} % %\begin{macro}{\@xdy@main@language} +%\changes{3.06}{2013/06/17}{Changed back to using \cs{languagename}} % Define what language to use for each glossary type (if a % language is not defined for a particular glossary type % the language specified for the main glossary is used.) % \begin{macrocode} -\def\@xdy@main@language{\rootlanguagename}% +\def\@xdy@main@language{\languagename}% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % Define key to set the language @@ -2582,87 +2583,14 @@ name=true]{% %\end{macro} % %\begin{macro}{\findrootlanguage} -% The root language name is required by \app{xindy}. This -% information is for \app{makeglossaries} to pass to -% \app{xindy}. Since \ics{languagename} only stores the -% regional dialect rather than the root language name, some -% trickery is required to determine the root language. +%\changes{3.06}{2013/06/17}{Obsoleted} +% This used to determine the root language, using a~bit of trickery +% since \sty{babel} doesn't supply the information, but now that +% \sty{babel} is once again actively maintained, we can't do this +% any more, so \cs{findrootlanguage} no longer available. Now +% provide a command that does nothing (in case it's been patched). % \begin{macrocode} -\ifglsxindy - \@ifpackageloaded{babel}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Need to parse \texttt{babel.sty} to determine the root language. -% This code was provided by Enrico~Gregorio. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\findrootlanguage{\begingroup - \escapechar=-1\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% normalize \cs{languagename} to category 12 chars -% \begin{macrocode} - \edef\languagename{% - \expandafter\string\csname\languagename\endcsname}% -% \end{macrocode} -% disable \texttt{babel.sty} useless commands -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\NeedsTeXFormat##1[##2]{}% - \def\ProvidesPackage##1[##2]{}% - \let\LdfInit\relax - \def\languageattribute##1##2{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% change the meaning of \cs{DeclareOption} -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\DeclareOption##1##2{% -% \end{macrocode} -% at \cs{DeclareOption*} we end -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx##1*\expandafter\endinput\else -% \end{macrocode} -% else we build a string with the first argument -% \begin{macrocode} - \edef\testlanguage{\expandafter\string\csname##1\endcsname}% -% \end{macrocode} -% if \cs{testlanguage} and \cs{languagename} are the same -% we execute the second argument -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\testlanguage\languagename##2\fi - \fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% almost all options of babel are \cs{input}"{"\meta{name}".ldf}" -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\input##1{\stripldf##1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% we put the root language name in \ics{rootlanguagename} -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\stripldf##1.ldf{\gdef\rootlanguagename{##1}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% now input babel.sty, using the primitive \cs{input} -% \begin{macrocode} - \@@input babel.sty - \endgroup}% - }{% -% \end{macrocode} -% \isty{babel} hasn't been loaded, so check if \isty{ngerman} has -% been loaded -% \begin{macrocode} - \@ifpackageloaded{ngerman}{% - \def\findrootlanguage{% - \def\rootlanguagename{german}}% - }{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Neither \sty{babel} nor \sty{ngerman} have been loaded, so -% assume the root language is English -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\findrootlanguage{% - \def\rootlanguagename{english}}% - }% - }% -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -%\end{macro} -%\begin{macro}{\rootlanguagename} -% Set default root language to English. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\rootlanguagename{english} +\newcommand*{\findrootlanguage}{} % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % @@ -2715,6 +2643,14 @@ name=true]{% \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyCodePage}[1]{% \renewcommand*{\gls@codepage}{#1}% } +% \end{macrocode} +%\changes{}{}{} +% Suggested by egreg: +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{ + \ifx\gls@codepage\@empty + \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{\def\gls@codepage{utf8}}{} +\fi} \else \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyCodePage}[1]{% \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyCodePage} @@ -9385,11 +9321,6 @@ you % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand*{\printglossary}[1][type=\glsdefaulttype]{% % \end{macrocode} -% If \app{xindy} is being used, need to find the root language -% for \app{makeglossaries} to pass to \app{xindy}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifglsxindy\findrootlanguage\fi -% \end{macrocode} % Set up defaults. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@glo@type{\glsdefaulttype}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins index 35eb819eb3b..bda1dba15f7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 0.94b 2013/4/21 19:12 +% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 0.94b 2013/6/17 17:30 \input docstrip \preamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty index 18a1eb1c6b5..ae21a5218d7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/04/21 v3.05 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/06/17 v3.06 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{ifthen} \RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18] \RequirePackage{mfirstuc} @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ name=true]{% \DeclareOptionX{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse} \define@boolkey[gls]{xindy}{glsnumbers}[true]{} \gls@xindy@glsnumberstrue -\def\@xdy@main@language{\rootlanguagename}% +\def\@xdy@main@language{\languagename}% \define@key[gls]{xindy}{language}{\def\@xdy@main@language{#1}} \ifcsundef{inputencodingname}{% \def\gls@codepage{}}{% @@ -916,36 +916,7 @@ name=true]{% \newcommand*\GlsSetXdyStyles[1]{% \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyStyles} \fi -\ifglsxindy - \@ifpackageloaded{babel}{% - \def\findrootlanguage{\begingroup - \escapechar=-1\relax - \edef\languagename{% - \expandafter\string\csname\languagename\endcsname}% - \def\NeedsTeXFormat##1[##2]{}% - \def\ProvidesPackage##1[##2]{}% - \let\LdfInit\relax - \def\languageattribute##1##2{}% - \def\DeclareOption##1##2{% - \ifx##1*\expandafter\endinput\else - \edef\testlanguage{\expandafter\string\csname##1\endcsname}% - \ifx\testlanguage\languagename##2\fi - \fi} - \def\input##1{\stripldf##1}% - \def\stripldf##1.ldf{\gdef\rootlanguagename{##1}}% - \@@input babel.sty - \endgroup}% - }{% - \@ifpackageloaded{ngerman}{% - \def\findrootlanguage{% - \def\rootlanguagename{german}}% - }{% - \def\findrootlanguage{% - \def\rootlanguagename{english}}% - }% - }% -\fi -\def\rootlanguagename{english} +\newcommand*{\findrootlanguage}{} \def\@xdylanguage#1#2{} \ifglsxindy \newcommand*\GlsSetXdyLanguage[2][\glsdefaulttype]{% @@ -964,6 +935,10 @@ name=true]{% \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyCodePage}[1]{% \renewcommand*{\gls@codepage}{#1}% } +\AtBeginDocument{ + \ifx\gls@codepage\@empty + \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{\def\gls@codepage{utf8}}{} +\fi} \else \newcommand*{\GlsSetXdyCodePage}[1]{% \glsnoxindywarning\GlsSetXdyCodePage} @@ -3622,7 +3597,6 @@ you \undef\printglossary } \newcommand*{\printglossary}[1][type=\glsdefaulttype]{% - \ifglsxindy\findrootlanguage\fi \def\@glo@type{\glsdefaulttype}% \def\glossarytitle{\csname @glotype@\@glo@type @title\endcsname}% \def\glossarytoctitle{\glossarytitle}% |